Skip to main content

Full text of "California fish and game"

See other formats


CAUFDRNIA 

FISH-GAME 

"CONSERVATION  OF  WILDUFE  THROUGH  EDUCATION" 


California  Fish  and  Game  is  a  journal  devoted  to  the  conser- 
vation of  wildlife.  If  its  contents  are  reproduced  elsewhere,  the 
authors  and  the  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game  would 
appreciate  being  acknowledged. 

The  free  mailing  list  is  limited  by  budgetary  considerations 
to  persons  who  con  moke  professional  use  of  the  material  and 
to  libraries,  scientific  institutions,  and  conservation  agencies.  In- 
dividuals must  state  their  affiliation  and  position  when  submitting 
their  applications.  Subscriptions  must  be  renewed  annually  by 
returning  the  postcard  enclosed  with  each  October  issue.  Sub- 
scribers are  asked  to  report  changes  in  address  without  delay. 

Please  direct  correspondence  to: 

LEO  SHAPOVALOV,  Editor 
Department  of  Fish  and  Game 
1416  9th  Street 
Sacramento,  California  95814 

Individuals  and  organizations  who  do  not  qualify  for  the  free 
mailing  list  may  subscribe  at  a  rate  of  $2  per  year  or  obtain 
individual  issues  for  $0.75  per  copy  by  placing  their  orders  with 
the  Office  of  Procurement,  Documents  Section,  P.O.  Box  1612, 
Sacramento,  California,  95807.  Money  orders  or  checks  should 
be  made  out  to  Office  of  Procurement,  Documents  Section. 


u 


D 


VOLUME  52 


JULY  1966 


NUMBER  3 


Published  Quarterly  by 

STATE  OF  CALIFORNIA 

THE  RESOURCES  AGENCY 

DEPARTMENT  OF  FISH  AND  GAME 


STATE  OF   CALIFORNIA 

EDMUND    G.    BROWN,    Governor 


THE   RESOURCES  AGENCY 

HUGO   FISHER,   Adminhfraior 


FISH   AND  GAME  COMMISSION 

WILLIAM    P.    ELSER,   Presidenf,  San   Diego 
HENRY   CLINESCHMIDT,   Vice   Presidenf  THOMAS   H.   RICHARDS,   JR.,  Member 

Redding  Sacramento 

DANTE   J.    NOMELLINI,  Member 
Stockton 


DEPARTMENT  OF  FISH  AND  GAME 

WALTER   T.   SHANNON,  Director 

1416  9th   Street 
Sacramento  95814 


CALIFORNIA  FISH  AND  GAME 
Editorial  Staff 

LEO    SHAPOVALOV,    Editor-in-Chief Sacramento 

ROBERT    F.    ELWELL,    Editor    for    Inland    Fisheries— .._ Sacramento 

CAROL   M.    FERREL,    Editor   for    Game Sacramento 

HERBERT   W.    FREY,    Editor   for   Marine    Resources Terminal    Island 

DONALD    H.    FRY,    JR.,    Editor    for    Salmon    and    Steelhead Sacramento 


TABLE   OF   CONTENTS 

Page 
Change  of  Editorship 132 

Age,  Length  Com])().siti()ii,  and  (';itch  Localities  of  Sardine  Land- 
ings on  liic  I'acific  Coast  of  Ihc  ruitcd  States  and  Mexico  in 
1963-64 C.  a;.  Ill II lit,  Jr.  and  Mahnli,  Kimura     133 


Sk'iKisli,  K)il(})is  zonifer  ( Lockiiigton ),  in  Calil'onnan  and  Pacific 

Xoi-thwcst   Waters -/.  B.  Vhillips     151 

IJcsults  of  the  lltlil  to  LMi.')  LisiMo  Clam  Censuses 

John  (}.  rarJhlc.Jr.     L")? 

Addition  of  Adult  Anglerfish,  Chacnophryne  parricomis  Kegan 
and  Trcwaxas  (Pisces:  ( )iirii'odidae ) ,  to  the  Eastern  Subai'ctie 
Pacific  Ocean Uichard  li.  Grinols     161 

Expcfiiueutai  Prown  Trout  Management  in  T^ower  Saidiue  Lake, 

California  llitlhtt  I).  Ilolis  aiid  Darid  P.  Boryeson     166 

Toxa|)h('ii('  'i'l-cjilHicMt  of  Pig  Lcjif  Lake  ('alifoniia     

17.  C.  Jolmson     173 

Serological     Evidence     for     iuhreeding    of     Lalioutan     Cuttliroat 

Trout,  S(dmo  chirhii  JiotsJuiwi,  in  Sunnnit  Lake,  Nevada 

Ft(d  M.  I'ffer,  (hartp  ./ .  h'idipvdii.  (iiid  ./(iiiK s  \V.  Win'ren      180 

First  C()()i)erative  Survey  of  the  California  Coudoc 

hohirl  n.  Mdlhtfc  (I  lid  John  ('.  lUniii  man      185 

Notes 

A    Possible    Record-sized     Ponito    Shark,     Isiifiis    oxijy'nivhus. 

Pafines(|ue.  from  Southei'ii  ( 'alifoiiiifi      Sliclfoii  I'.  A  pph  gate     204 

The  Unicornfish,  Euiik  vicliflnis  fiski  (Giinther),  in  the  Eastern 
Tropical  Pacific John  E.  Fitch     208 

New  Records  of  Cataetyx  ruhrirostris  Gilbert  fi-om  tlie  North- 
eastern Pacific  Ocean 

Richard  B.  Grinols  and  David  W.  Greenfield     211 

A  Marine  Catfish,  Bagre  ):ananiensis  (Gill),  Added  to  the 
P^'auna  of  California,  and  Other  Anomalous  Fish  Occurrences 
off  Southern  California  in  1965 John  E.  Fitch     214 

Fishes  and  Other  Marine  Organisms  Taken  During  Deep  Trawl- 
ing- off  Santa  Catalina  Island,  March  8-4,  1962  John  E.  Fitch     216 

The  Final  Introduction  of  the  Opossum  Shrimp  (Mysis  relicta 
Loven)  into  California  and  Nevada Jacl:  A.  Hanson     220 

Bool-  Reviews \ 221 

(  131  ) 


CHANGE   OF   EDITORSHIP 

AVitli  tliis  issiio.  Leo  SluipdxjildV.  Senior  Fislicry  Biologist  and  As- 
.sistaiit  Chief  of  tlie  Iiilaiul  Fisliei-ies  J^>ranch,  assumes  the  duties  of 
Editor-iii-(Miief  of  Califomia  Fish  and  Game.  This  is  his  second  assign- 
ment to  lliis  iiii|»(ii-i;iiit  post;  he  servcd  |)feviously  fi'oiii  iiiiil-1954  to 
mid-irt.ls. 

Mr.  Sliapovah»v "s  assumjitioii  of  the  ('(Ijioi-ship  !'()lh»\vs  the  depart- 
ment's h)ng-standin<>'  policy  of  i-ot;iliiii:  the  editoi'ifd  direction  of  our 
joiinuil  Ix'tweeii  sliiCl'  iiieiiihci-s  I'cprcsi'i  1 1  i  1 1 L!'  Ahiriiie  Kesoiii-ces,  Inland 
i'Msiiei'ies,  and  (iaiiie  Manageiiienl . 

Since  his  undergraduate  days  at  Stantord  Iniversity,  where  he 
delil)erated  between  nuijors  in  English  literature  and  biology,  Mr. 
Shapo\ahiv  has  biMMi  a  staunch  adNoi-ate  of  clear  and  concise  writing. 
Throughoul  his  more  ihaii  :!4  year-s  of  ser\ice  with  our  department  he 
has  served  as  an  outstajuling  authoi-ity  on  matters  of  word  usage, 
style,  and  punctuation  in  botii  |)opuhii'  and  scientific  articles.  In 
addition  to  Ins  talents  for  inspiring  and  guiding  others,  he  has 
authored  more  than  20  articles  in  our  journal,  Science,  Copeia,  Amer- 
ican Fisheries  Socidy  Transactions,  and  others;  coauthored  12  more; 
has  written  68  administrative  reports  and  ccjauthored  7  more;  and  has 
prepared  a  large  number  and  variety  of  popular  and  semi-scientific 
articles.  His  definitive  classic  on  steelhead  trout  and  silver  salmon 
won  The  "Wildlife  Society's  award  in  1954-55  as  the  most  outstanding 
l)uhlieation  in  wildlife  ecology  and  management. 

He  served  on  The  "Wildlife  Society's  Fisheries  Award  Committee 
in  1065  and  is  again  a  member  this  year. 

Mr.  Shapovalov  will  be  assisted  in  his  duties  by  four  associate  edi- 
tors: Iiobert  F.  Elwell  for  Iidand  Fisherii^s,  Carol  M.  F^errel  for  Game 
Management,  Herbert  AV.  Frey  for  Marine  Kesources,  and  Donald  H. 
Fry,  Jr.  for  Salmon  and  Steelhead. 

To  Mr.  John  E.  F'itch  we  express  our  thanks  for  so  ably  performing 
the  duties  of  Editor-in-Chief  during  the  ])ast  4  years. —  ^yalter  T. 
Shannon,  Director,  Calif oriiia  Department  of  Fish  and  Game. 


(132) 


Calif.  Fish  and  dame,  52(3)  :  133-150.  1966. 


AGE,   LENGTH   COMPOSITION,  AND  CATCH 

LOCALITIES  OF   SARDINE   LANDINGS  ON   THE   PACIFIC 

COAST  OF  THE   UNITED   STATES  AND  MEXICO 

IN  1963-64' 

C.  E.  BLUNT,  JR. 
Marine  Resources  Operations,  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game,  and 

MAKOTO    KIMURA 

U.S.  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries,  Fishery-Oceanography  Center 

La  Jolla,  California 

California  landings  of  Pacific  sarciines,  Sardinops  caeru/eus  (Girard), 
during  the  1963-64  season  amounted  to  only  2,032  tons,  the  poorest 
catch  in  the  history  of  the  fishery.  Baja  California  landings  totaled  6,880 
tons.  Interseason  landings  for  California  and  Baja  California  were  1,435 
and    11,235   tons,   respectively. 

Lack  of  fish  in  central  California  caused  purse  seiners  to  shift  opera- 
tions to  southern  California   shortly  after  the  opening   of  the   season. 

Sardine  landings  in  central  California  consisted  primarily  of  large, 
4-  and  5-year-old  fish.  Southern  California  landings  were  dominated 
by  large  fish,  4  and  5  years  old,  with  significant  quantities  of  1-  and  2- 
year-olds  at  the  end  of  the  season.  Three-,  4-  and  5-year-old  fish  made 
up   most  of   the   Baja   California   landings   from    north   of   Punta   San    Pablo. 

Sardines  were  taken  close  to  shore  in  central  California,  between 
Monterey  and  Point  Lopez.  Southern  California  catches  were  made  pri- 
marily off  the  City  of  San  Pedro  and  Santa  Catalina  and  San  Nicholas 
Islands.  Baja  California  catches  were  made  in  three  distinct  areas: 
(i)  Ensenada  south  to  Punta  Soledad,  (iij  Cedros  Island  vicinity,  Punta 
Santa   Rosalia   south  to   Punta   San   Pablo,  and   (iiij   Magdalena   Bay. 

INTRODUCTION 

Eacli  year,  since  1941,  the  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game 
and  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  have  cooperated  in  the 
samplin<>-  (Fi<i:ure  1)  and  age  determination  of  sardine  landings.  Dur- 
ing these  years,  basic  data  have  been  contributed  concerning  the 
dynamics  of  the  sardine  fishery,  commencing  ^vith  the  period  of  peak 
abundance  in  the  early  1940 's  and  extending  to  the  low  population 
levels  of  the  1950 's  and  1960 's. 

This  report,  the  18th  of  the  series,  summarizes  the  length  and  age 
composition  of  the  1963-64  period  landings.  A  discussion  of  the 
fishery,  economic  factors  affecting  it,  and  yield  per  area  of  the  Califor- 
nia fishing  grounds  are  also  included. 

Numerous  people  are  involved  in  the  sampling  and  scale-reading 
program.  A  special  acknowledgment  is  made  to  Anita  E.  Daugherty, 
who  retired  from  the  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game  in  early 
1964.  Miss  Daugherty  was  associated  Avith  sardine  research  for  23  years 
and  made  significant  contributions  to  the  scale-reading  program.  The 
assistance  of  Robert  S.  AVolf.  U.8.  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries,  and 
Harold  Hyatt,  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game,  is  also 
gratefully  acknowledged.  William  W.  Hatton,  California  Academy  of 

1  Submitted  for  publication  September  1965. 

(  133  ) 


^■^\ 


(AI.IFOKMA    IISII    AM)   CA.MK 


Sciences,  (lid  tlic  s;iiiipliii<^  jiiiil  cdiiljict  work  willi  llic  iii(lii--t  ly  in  Uaja 
Calit'oi-iiia.  (Jei-frnde  ('uller  worked  on  in;in\"  of  iIk-  1;di|rs  ;ind  Robert 
]\Iiehand  drew  llie  li<rnres.  A|)|)reeiatinn  is  also  exteiidrd  to  ilic  cannery 
personnel  and  fisliinf;  boat  skippei's  wbo  coopei-ated  willi  oiii'  water- 
front re])resentatives. 

THE   FISHERY 

.Sardines  bave  dci-Jincd  dr;ist  ii-;dly  in  numbers  ;nid  iiiiporlance  over 
the  years,  l)nt  are  still  iieavily  exploited  in  c(iiijnnct ion  witli  the  fishery 
for  jaek  niaekerel  {Trorlninis  sifiiitin  Iriciis)  and  I'aeifie  niaekerel 
(Sconibrr  diff/f)).  Historically,  tlie  mackerel  fisliei-y  in  ("alifornia  is  a 
year-arouiiij  xciil  iiii\  wliilc  ^jn'dinc  fi-liiuL;'  I'oi-  llic  canneries  is  seasonal. 
In  recent  years,  the  industry  in  J>a.ia  California  lias  taken  on  added 
sifrnifieanee  by  proeessin<r  a  jrreatei-  poi-tion  of  1lie  total  sai'dine  cateh. 

The  lf)(i;^-(i4  fishinii-  ])eriod  extended  from  March  "_*.  lIKi;),  Ihronyh 
March  1.  1!M14.  The  jiei-iod  consists  of  an  interseason  and  a  season,  so 
ajre  and  length  data  are  summarized  on  this  l)nsis.  In  central  California 
(Point  Arfruello  north),  the  interseason  exlended  fi'om  ]\Iarch  2  throu*rh 
July  31.  and  the  season  from  Aujiust  1  tln-ou<rh  ]Mai-eh  ^.  In  stnithern 
California,  the  season  be-zan  on  September  1.  thus  extending  the  inter- 
season in  this  area  through  Aii<:usi  '■]].  Tlie  season  chased  for  both  areas 
at  mirlnifrht  on  ]\Iarcli  1.  but  landinjzs  were  allowed  on  March  2. 

Landin<is  durin<r  the  season,  sometimes  referred  to  as  the  cannery 
season,  include  both  cannery  ;in<l  market  deliveries.  ^Market  deliveries, 
nsed  primarily  as  bait  in  the  San  Francisco  region  strijDed  bass  sport 
fishery,  bring  a  considerably  higher  price  than  do  sardines  sold  at  the 
canneries.  The  special  pack  privilege  was  used  by  <ine  southern  Califor- 
nia processor  during  the  1963  interseason.  This  privilege  was  designed  to 


FIGURE     1 —Department    waterfront    representative,     Robert    Michaud,    sampling     fror 
load   of    mackerel    and    sardines.    Photograph    by    Richard   Wood,   June    1965. 


<ed 


SARDINE   AGE   AXD   LENGTH    (•O:\rP0SITI0N 


135 


give  canners  an  opportunity  to  develop  special  packs  in  small  cans 
for  competition  with  imported  "sardines".  Thus,  the  southern  Cali- 
ff)rnia  interseason  landinp-s  consisted  of  both  market  and  cannery 
deliveries. 

For  the  second  consecutive  year,  California  seasonal  landings  dropped 
to  an  all-time  low.  Central  California  landings  amounted  to  only  943 
tons;  southern  California  landings  were  only  slightly  higher  at  1,089 
tons.  Interseason  landings  for  central  and  southern  California  were  78 
and  1,357  tons  respectively,  bringing  the  statewide  total  to  3,467  tons 
for  the  1963-64  period. 

In  Baja  California,  cannery  processing  is  alU)wed  throughout  the 
year,  but  age  and  length  coui|)ositioii  of  the  l!)63-64  hiiidiiigs  are 
summarized  on  the  same  interseason  and  season  basis  as  in  southern 
California.  Interseason  and  scasdii  landings  were  11.235  and  6,880 
Ions    respectively. 

Central  California 

The  season  opened  on  August  1  after  all  segments  of  the  industry 
agreed  to  $60  per  ton  for  sardines  and  .$47.50  for  mixed  sardines  and 
mackerel.  During  the  last  4  days  of  the  first  dark  (Table  1),  only  107 
tons  were  landed.  The  second  dark,  luiuir  period  542,  resulted  in  the 
liighest  catch  of  the  season  with  430  tons  (Table  9).  The  majority  of 
this  came  from  ^lonterey  Bay,  with  the  remainder  taken  off  Point  Lopez 

TABLE  I 
Calendar  Dates  of  Lunar  Months  During   1963—64  Period 


Lunar  iiKJiith 

Lunar  period 

Dates 

"February" 

"March" 

' '  .\prir' 

"Mav" -    -        ... 

536* 

537 

538 

539 

540 

541 

542 

543 

544 

545 

546 

547 

54S 

549t 

February  9-March  10 
March  ll-April  9 
April  10-Maj-  S 
May  9- June  6 
June  7-Julj'  5 

"June".. 

"July" 

"August" . 

"  September" 

"October" 

July  6-August  4 
August  5-September  2 
September  3-October  2 
October  3-October  31 

' '  November" 

' '  December" 

" Januarv" 

November  1-November  30 
December  1    December  30 
December  31-Januarv  28 

"  February" 

Januarv  29— Februarv  27 

"March" 

February  28-March  28 

*  1963—64  period  began  March  2.  Lunar  months  numbered  serially  since  "November" 

1919. 
t  1963—64  period  ended  March  1. 


and  San  Simeon.  The  balance  of  the  season  was  unproductive,  with 
fishermen  choosing  to  remain  in  port  rather  than  fight  bad  weather 
and  roam  far  from  home  searching  for  fish.  The  season  ended  on  March 
1  with  a  total  of  943  tons  landed,  the  lowest  since  the  prolonged  failure 
of  1952-58. 

During  the  season,  only  two  plants  packed  sardines  in  central  Cali- 
fornia :  one  at  Monterey  and  one  at  IMoss  Landing.  A  San  Francisco 
plant  ceased  operations  and  moved  to  Oxuard  shortly  before  the  season. 


I'M)  (    \l.ll  (ilv'MA    I  ISII    AM)    CAAll'; 

r('ii1i";il  (';ilil"nriii;i  (Ircl  (>|){t;i1  ioiis  wcfc  iiiis1;il)l(\  with  oiil}-  five 
l.irjic  ( ()()  I'crt  111'  dvci' )  iiiid  1\\n  siiiiill  |nii-si'  seiners  ()])eratiiig  tliiring 
tlio  first  pni'l  (if  llic  soasoii.  (  iiiei-;!!  ions  were  sliifted  lo  southern  Cali- 
i"iM'iii;i  ill  ■ '  Sepieinher" "  ;iii(l  ' "  <  Ktuhi'r  " '  due  In  hnk  iif  fisli.  Thirteen 
liiin|);ir;i  hojils  (i|)er;ite(l  s|)(ir;idie;ill y  lhrnii<_;li(iu1   Ihc  season. 

Southern  California 

The  season  opened  on  Se|)teiiil)ei'  1.  Iml  tlie  t'ull-uioou  period  kept 
bojits  ill  jKirl  unlil  llie  e\-euiu<:-  of  Se])teiul)('r  <S.  \'essel  operators  com- 
lueueed  iishiuL;  ;it  tlie  |iriee  ])rr  Ion  of  the  pi-cvious  season,  wliieh  was 
in  etfect  in  eenir;il  ( ';ili  luiiiin.  As  expected,  fishiup-  was  poor  and  only 
a  few  siiijill  |(i;i(|s  of  pure  sjii'diiies  were  laiuled.  Landings  during  the 
fii'st  luiuir  period,  "Sepleiiiher",  auu>unt('(l  to  only  ]27  tons  (Table  9). 
"Oe'tober"'  was  only  sliglitly  belter  witli  488  tons.  Succeeding  lunar 
periods  resulted  in  smaller  eatelies.  i-eaching  a  low  of  17  tons  in  "Feb- 
nun-y".  On  th(>  last  dax'  of  1he  season.  .Mai'eli  1,  f.'Ui  tons  were  taken 
from  the  vicinity  of  S;in  Xicolas  Island.  The  season  catch  of  1,089  tons 
was  the  smallest  in  the  his1oi-y  of  the  southern  California  sardine 
fishery. 

Boat  limits,  in  ejfect  at  some  canneries,  and  weather  did  not  mate- 
rially hold  down  the  catch.  Negotiations  over  the  price  of  mackerel 
tied  the  fleet  up  during  January  and  February. 

One  cannery  processed  sardines  at  Oxnard  and  five  in  the  Los  An- 
geles area. 

Altogether,  70  boats  operated  in  southern  California  during  the  sea- 
son with  34  large  purse  seiners  (60  feet  or  over)  and  29  small  purse 
seiners  and  lampara  boats  fishing  exclusively  in  the  area.  Five  large  and 
two  small  purse  seiners  from  centi-al  California  entered  the  southern 
California  fishery  shortly  after  th(>  season  opened. 

Baja  California 

Season  landings  in  tlie  Eusenada,  Cedros  Island,  and  Puerto  Adolfo 
Lopez  Mateos  areas  amounted  to  6,880  tons,  and  interseason  landings 
to  11,235  tons;  the  total  Avas  about  the  same  as  for  the  1962-63 
period. 

Five  canneries  operated  in  the  Eusenada  area,  one  on  Cedros  Island, 
and  one  at  Puerto  Adolfo  Lopez  Mateos.  The  price  to  fishermen  for 
sardines  varied  betweeii  ii^32  and  $42  per  ton.  Economic  demand  was 
good  and  all  fish  were  utilized  by  the  canneries. 

Weather  conditions  were  generally  favorable  throughout  the  1963-64 
period  except  off  Cedros  Island,  where  poor  spring  weather  reduced 
landings. 

The  bulk  of  sardine  catches  off  northern  and  central  Baja  California 
were  made  within  easy  sailing  distances  from  Ensenada  and  Cedros 
Island  canneries.  Substantial  tonnages  taken  in  the  Cedros  Island  area 
were  shipped  in  refrigerated  vessels  to  Eusenada  for  processing.  A 
thriving  fishery  for  sardines  was  conducted  off  southern  Baja  Califor- 
nia. Most  of  the  fish  were  taken  from  Magdalena  Bay  and  processed 
at  Puerto  Adolfo  Lopez  Mateos. 


SARDINE   AGE  AND   LENGTH   COMPOSITION  137 

AGE  AND  LENGTH  COMPOSITION 

Methods  of  estimating  imnibers  of  sardines  landed  by  region  and 
year-class  are  discussed  by  Felin  and  Phillips  (1948,  p.  11). 

During  the  season  650  fish  were  measured  in  central  California,  900 
in  southern  California,  850  in  northern  Baja  California,  and  650  in 

TABLE   2 

Length  Composition  of  Year-classes  in  Sardine  Samples  from  the 

Central  California  Commercial  Catch,  1963—64  Season 

Totals 
Standanl  Year-flass  


length Meas- 

(mm)  1962  1961  1960  1959   1958   1957   1956  Aged   ured 

150 

152 

154 

156 

158 ..  1  ..  ..     ..     _.     ..  1      1 

160 ..  ..  ..  ..     ._     ._     _.  ..      1 

162 ..  ..  ..  ..     ..     ..     ..  ..      1 

164 ..  2  1  ..     ..     ....  3     6 

166 ..  ..  ..  ..     ..     ..     ..  ._      2 

168 ..  1  ..  ..     ..     ....  1     2 

170 .. 3 

172 ..  1  ..  ..     _.     ....  1      3 

174 ..  1  ..  ..     ..     ....  1      6 

176 ..  1 1  2 

178 

180 ..  ..  ..  ..     ..     ..     ..  ..      1 

182 

184 ..  ..  ..  ..     ..     ..     __  ..      1 

186 ..  ..  _.  ..     ..     ..     ..  ..      2 

188 ._  ..  ..  ..     1 

190 

192 ..  ..  ._  ._     ..     ..     ..  __      1 

194 

196 -...._  .  _  2 

198 


200 

202 

204 

206 _.     ..      1 

208 ..      1     ..      1 

210 

212 

214 ..      1     ....     . 

216 

218 

220 

222 ..     ..... 

224 

226 ..     ..      1     .. 

228 

230 _-.....  11 

232 _.     ..  1 

234 ..     ._     ..     .  1 

236 ......      1  4      2 

238 ...      1  1 


1 

2 

2 

4 

1 

. 

3 

1 

3 

. 

3 

. 

4 

5 

3 

_ 

1 

1 

3 

- 

3 

2 

6 

1 

9 

1 

15 

7 

23 

2 

17 

]I38  C.M.lFOl^MA    IISII    AM)   OAAIK 


TABLE   2-Continued 


Length  Composition  of  Year-classes  in  Sardine  Samples  from  the 
Central  California  Commercial  Catch,  1963—64  Season—Continued 


Totals 

Standarri 

Year-class 

longtli 

Meas 

mm) 

1902 

1901 

1960 

1959 

1958 

1957 

1956 

Aged 

ured- 

240 

1 

3 

2 

6 

23 

242.... 

1 

1 

2 

.. 

4 

33 

244.... 

1 

4 

8 

1 

.. 

14 

49 

246 

2 

4 

6 

1 

1 

14 

54 

248 



-- 

-- 

-- 

3 

3 

3 

2 

11 

64 

250 

3 

6 

9 

55 

252... 

1 

1 

] 

1 

_. 

4 

46 

254... 

2 

8 

_. 

.. 

10 

47 

256 

1 

5 

2 

._ 

8 

35 

258 



-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

3 

1 

-- 

5 

28 

260 

1 

3 

1 

5 

24 

262 

3 

2 

__ 

1 

6 

21 

264 



._ 

.. 

.. 

.. 

1 





1 

11 

266 



__ 

__ 

__ 

1 

1 

1 



3 

4 

268 



-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

-- 

-- 

1 

3 

270 

4 

272 



.. 

.. 

._ 











4 

274 



._ 

._ 

__ 

__ 

__ 









276 



__ 

__ 

__ 

__ 

__ 







1 

278 



-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

280 



-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

Totals 

9 

9 

30 

59 

15 

5 

127 

650 

Mean  lengths. 



-- 

178 

229 

248 

249 

247 

253 

243 

243 

TABLE  3 

Len( 

gth  C 

omposit 

ion  of  Yeor-cl 

lasses  in 

Sardine  SampI 

es  from  the 

Soul 

^hern  Californi 

a  Commercial  Catch, 

1963-64 

Season 

Totals 

Standard 

Year-class 

length 

Meas- 

(nnm) 

1962 

1961 

1960 

1959 

1958 

1957 

1956 

Aged 

ured 

168 

2 

170 



.. 

1 









.. 

1 

7 

172 

174 

176 



1 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

6 
7 
6 



1 

1 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

2 

178 

1 

1 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 
1 

6 

180 

3 

182 

_. 

1 

._ 

._ 

.. 

__ 

., 

1 

7 

184 





2 











2 

3 

186 

188 

190 

192 



-- 

1 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

3 



-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

194 



-- 

-- 

.- 

.- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

196 

. 

















1 

SARDINE  AGE  AXD  LENGTH   COMPOSITION 


139 


TABLE  3— Continued 

Length  Composition  of  Year-classes  in  Sardine  Samples  from  the 
Southern  California  Commercial  Catch,   1963—64  Season— Continued 


Totals 

Standard 

Y 

ear-class 

length 

Meas- 

(mm) 

1962 

1961 

1960 

1959 

1958 

1957 

1956 

Aged 

ured 

198 

3 

200 

202 

204 

206 

-- 

1 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-' 

i 

,  7 
1 
6 
8 

-- 

-- 

"i 

--  - 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

20S_    

1 

1 

5 

2!0. 

1 

._ 

_. 

.. 

.. 

.. 

1 

6 

212 

._ 

_  _ 

1 

_  _ 

_  _ 

_  _ 

_  _ 

1 

5 

214 

.. 

_. 

__ 

1 

_. 

_  _ 

_. 

1 

6 

216 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

5 

218. _,  

4 

220 

.. 

_  _ 

I 

_  _ 

_  _ 

_  _ 

1 

3 

222 - 

._ 

_. 

.. 

3 

1 

_  _ 

_. 

4 

6 

224.  _ 

.. 

.. 

.. 

1 

1 

1 

__ 

3 

11 

226-. 

-- 

-- 

1 

2 

1 

-- 

-- 

4 

18 

228.   .  

2 

2 

4 

25 

230 

.. 

.. 

1 

o 

1 

.. 

.. 

4 

26 

232 

.. 

._ 

2 

9 

2 

1 

._ 

14 

58 

234..  

.. 

.. 

2 

6 

o 

__ 

.. 

10 

59 

236     . 

-- 

-- 

-- 

7 

8 

2 

-- 

17 

66 

238.. 

1 

6 

3 

1 

1 

12 

76 

240.. 

.. 

2 

9 

2 

1 

.. 

14 

71 

242 

.. 

.. 

1 

5 

5 

2 

._ 

13 

68 

244 

.. 

.. 

.. 

5 

4 

._ 

.. 

9 

68 

246 

-- 

-- 

4 

6 

5 

-- 

-- 

15 

47 

248 

1 

2 

3 

1 

1 

8 

52 

250 

._ 

1 

2 

3 

5 

__ 

11 

52 

252 

._ 

2 

2 

_. 

__ 

4 

28 

254 

o 

1 

1 

.. 

4 

19 

256 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

14 

258 

1 

1 

14 

260 

._ 

.. 

1 

.. 

.. 

1 

5 

262 

264 

266 

270 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

-- 

-- 

1 

4 
1 

1 

Totals 

3 

9 

21 

72 

48 

15 

2 

170 

900 

Mean  lengths 

175 

186 

234 

238 

241 

243 

243 

235 

235 

central  Baja  California  (Tables  2-5).  The  average  weights^  of  sar- 
dines taken  from  these  areas  were :  central  California  0.4476  ponncls, 
southern  California  0.3120  pounds,  northern  Baja   California    (Ense- 

-  Determined  by  dividing  total  seasonal  catch  in  pounds  by  total  estimated  number  of 
sardines. 


140 


lALlFOKNlA    risll    AND   GAME 


TABLE   4 

Length  Composition  of  Year-classes  in  Sardine  Samples  from  the 
Northern  Baja  California  Commercial  Catch,   1963—64  Season 


1962 


Standard 
length 
(mm) 

184 

186 

188 

190 

192_.- 

194 

196 

198 

200 

202 

204 

206 

208 

210 

212 

214 

216 

218 

220 

222 

224 

226 

228 

230 

232 

234 

236 

238 

240 

242 

244 

246 

248 

250 

252 


Totals 


Year-class 


lUUl 


1960   1959   1958   1957   l'J50   Aged 


Meas- 
ured 


1 

4 


3 

._ 

__ 

._ 

3 

13 

1 

2 

3 

12 

1 

1 

2 

22 

2 

1 

__ 

1 

__ 

4 

19 

- 

-- 

1 

-- 

-- 

1 

22 

1 

2 

3 

27 

2 

3 

__ 

_. 

5 

33 

. 

1 

2 

__ 

._ 

3 

27 

2 

2 

2 

6 

34 

1 

2 

1 

-- 

-- 

4 

27 

1 

3 

1 

5 

42 

2 

3 

2 

__ 

1 

8 

35 

_ 

4 

2 

__ 

__ 

6 

55 

2 

6 

4 

2 

._ 

14 

53 

1 

2 

4 

-- 

-- 

7 

52 

1 

3 

1 

1 

6 

43 

1 

7 

4 

12 

55 

1 

5 

4 

1 

11 

46 

6 

3 

1 

10 

38 

3 

6 

3 

-- 

-- 

12 

62 

1 

4 

3 

8 

40 

4 

1 

5 

21 

1 

2 

4 

.. 

_. 

7 

17 

_ 

2 

__ 

.. 

._ 

2 

12 

- 

3 

1 

-- 

-- 

4 

12 

5 

- 

1 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

2 
1 

- 

-- 

-- 

1 
2 

254 

256 

258 

Totals 

Mean  lengths. 


~ 

' 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

-- 

-- 

1 

1 

25 

74 

45 

8 

3 

155 

850 

__ 

214 

224 

224 

218 

212 

222 

219 

nada)   0.3389  pounds,   and  central   Baja  California    (Cedros  Island) 
0.2233  pounds. 

In  central  California,  sardines  sampled  ranged  from  158  mm  to  280 
mm  SL  with  a  mean  of  243  mm.  The  1958  year-class  (5-year-olds) 
dominated  the  central  California  catch,  comprising  50  percent  of  the 


SARDINE   AGE  AXD  LENGTH   COMPOSITION  141 

TABLE   5 

Length  Composition  of  Year-classes  in  Sardine  Samples  from  the 
Central  Baja  California  Commercial  Catch,  1963—64  Season 

Totals 
Standard  Year-class  


length  Meas- 

(mm)                  1962          1961  1960  1959          1958          1957         Aged         urcd 

160 .              ..  --  _-  .-  ..  ..  3 

162 ..  ._  ..  ._  ..  _.  2 

164 

166__ ..              -_  -_  -_  _.  ..  ..  3 

168 -.             ..  _.  ._  _.  ..  ._  1 

170 ..               1  ..  1  ..  ..  2  6 

172 ..               1  2  .-  -_  -.  3  12 

174 ..              ..  _.  4  .-  ..  4  22 

176 ..             ..  1  ..  ..  __  1  18 

178 ..             ..  ..  1  _.  ..  1  18 

180 ..               1  4  2  1  ._  8  27 

182__ ..  4  3  1  ._  8  44 

184 _.               1  3  3  ..  _.  7  54 

186 ..              ..  9  3..  1  13  51 

188 ..              ..  8  10  1  ..  19  75 

190.- 16  6  3..  16  67 

192 ....  5  6  1  ..  12  69 

194 ....  5  7  2  ._  14  67 

196 ....  3  2  2  1  8  38 

198 ....  3  5  ..  ..  8  37 

200 ....  3  1  __  ..  4  16 

202 ..             ..  ..  1  _.  ..  1  7 

204 ..             ..  ..  ..  __  _-  —  5 

206 ..             ..  ....  1  __  1  4 

208 -.             ..  ..  ..  ..  __  _.  4 

210 


Totals .-  5  56  55  12  2  130  650 

Mean  lengths ..  179  188  189  192  191  188  188 


numbers  landed  (Table  9,  Figure  2).  This  year-class  dominated  the 
landings  of  the  previous  season  as  4-year-olds.  Since  the  1961-62  sea- 
son, central  California  landings  have  consisted  primarily  of  large  fish, 
4,  5,  and  6  years  old.  Two-year-olds  have  not  contributed  significantly 
to  the  fishery  since  the  1958-59  season,  the  year  of  sardine  resurgence 
in  central  California. 

Lengths  of  sardines  sampled  in  southern  California  ranged  from  168 
to  270  mm  with  a  mean  of  235  mm.  The  1958  and  1959  year-classes  were 
dominant  and  contributed  over  50  percent  of  the  numbers  caught 
(Table  9,  Figure  2).  The  1961  and  1962  year-classes,  on  the  strength 
of  catches  from  San  Nicolas  Island  on  the  last  dav  of  the  season, 
accounted  for  28  percent  of  the  landings. 

Sardine  fishing  for  Baja  California  canneries  is  not  restricted  to 
any  one  time  of  the  year.  For  comparative  purposes,  the  data  have  been 


142 


CALIF(II;MA    I  ISII    AM)   CAME 


1963-1964    SEASON 


250 


280 


2      3     4     5      6 


FIGURE  2  —  Length  and  age  composition  of  1963-64  sardine  catch.  Lengths  are  plotted  by 
10mm  intervals  and  by  perceniage  of  total  numbers  sampled.  Ages  plotted  by  percentage 
of  estimated   numbers   landed. 


siiminai'ized  on  l\n-  .saint-  ba.si.s  a.s  those  for  soiitln'rn  California.  During 
the  1963-64  season,  sardines  sampled  from  Baja  California  were  smaller 
than  those  from  central  and  southern  California  (Figure  2).  Histori- 
cally, sardines  from  Baja  California  are  much  smaller  per  given  age 
and  investigators  have  allied  this  with  serological  differences  to  sub- 
stantiate the  subpopulation  theory  (Vrooman.  1964). 

The  lengths  of  sardines  in  northern  Baja  California  samples  ranged 
from  184  to  258  mm  with  a  mean  of  219  mm.  Fish  from  central  Baja 
California  were  considerabh'  smaller,  ranging  from  160  to  208  mm  with 
a  mean  of  188  mm  (Tables  4  and  5).  The  1958  and  1959  year-classes 
(ages  5  and  4)  w'ere  major  contributors  to  the  catch  in  northern  Baja 
California  (Figure  2).  In  contra]  Baja  California,  the  1959  and  1960 
A'ear-classes  were  dominant. 


SARDINE   AGE   AXD   LENGTH    CO:\IPOSITION  143 

TABLE   6 

Length  Composition  of  Year-classes  in  Sardine  Samples  from  the 
Southern  California  Interseason  Catch,  1963  (April  and  May) 

Totals 
Stanrlard  Year-class  


Iciigtli  Meas- 

(mm)       1962  IQfil   1960   1959  1958  1957  1956   Aged   ured 

210 ..  ._     _     _  ..  _.  ._  ..  1 

212 

214 

216 ..  ..     ..     ..  ..  ._  ..  ..  1 

218 ..  ..     ..      1  ..  ..  ...  1  2 

220 ..  ..     ..     ..  ._  ..  ..  ..  3 

222 ..     ..     ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  1 

224 ..  _.     _.     ._  ..  __  3 

226 ..  ..     ..     ..  ..  ..  ..  '/.  3 

228 ..  ..  4 

230 ....      2  1  ..  ..  3  9 

232 ..  ..     ..     ..  1  ..  ..  1  11 

234 ..     ..  ..  ..  ..  8 

236 ....  1      2  3  1  ..  7  13 

238.^      ...    ..  ....      1  1  ..  ..  2  9 


2 

- 

2 

.3 

1 

1 

3 

1 

3 

240 ..  ..     ..      1  ..  ..  ..  1  11 

242 ..  ..      1     .-  1  ..  ..  2  10 

244 ......  3  1  ..  1  5  14 

246 ......  1  3  ..  1  5  11 

248 ..  _.     ..     ..  ..  ..  ..  ..  4 

250 ..  ..  ..  2 

252  ..  ..     ..     ._  ..  __  ..  ..  3 

254 .  _.     ._     _.  1  ._    .  ..  1  2 

256 •....  .  ..     ..     ..  ._  ..  ..  ..  1 

258 . .. 

260 L ..  ...._.  1  1  ._  2  2 

262 

264 ..  ..     _.     ._  ._  ._  ..  ..  1 


Totals __     ..      2     11     13      2      2     30    129 

Mean  lonKths ..     __    239    237    242    248    245    241    238 


Interseason  landings  in  cpntral  California  were  neoli<>-ibl(^  and  ade- 
quate samples  were  not  obtained.  Southern  California  interseason 
landings  were  sampled  dnrintr  April  and  ]\Iay.  Fish  varied  between  210 
and  264  mm  and  consisted  primarily  of  the  1958  and  1959  year-classes 
(Table  6).  These  year-classes  also  dominated  catches  dnring  the  season. 

Sardines  sampled  from  northern  Ba.ja  California  interseason  catches 
ranged  in  length  from  156  to  246  mm  with  a  mean  of  213  mm  (Table  7). 
Central  Baja  California  sardines  ranged  in  length  from  136  to  204  mm 
and  averaged  180  mm  (Table  8).  In  northern  and  central  Baja  Cali- 
fornia the  1959  and  1960  year-classes  were  dominant,  contributing  81 
percent  of  the  total  numbers  landed  (Table  10). 


144  (ALlldKMA    1  ISIl    AM)   (iAME 

TABLE   7 

Length  Composition  of  Year-classes  in  Sardine  Samples  from  the 
Northern  Baja  California  Inter-season  Catch,   1963 


Totals 

Staiidaril  Yonr-class  


loiiKth Moas- 

(miii)       1902    1961    I'.tiio    1959    1958    1957    Aged    iired 


156 ..  ...  ..  ..      ..      ..  2 

158 -.  ..  ..  .....  1 

100  ..  ..  ..  ..      ..  ..      3 

162  -.  -.  ..  ..      ..  ..2 

164 

106 --      -.      ..      :..    _  .. 

168 1 

170 

172 -.       1 

174 

170 

17S --       1 

180 

182 ..       1 

184 

186 

188 

190 1 

192 

194 --       1 

190 

198 1 

200 

202 

204 

206 

208 --       1 

210 

212 

214 

216 

218 

220 

222 

224 

220 

228 

230 

232 

234 

236 

238 

240 

242 

244 

240 

248 

250 


■- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

2 

■- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

2 
0 

6 

■- 

-- 

-- 

1 

] 

2 
3 

1 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 
3 



_. 

_. 

4 

1 



2 

n 







__ 

12 

1 

-- 

1 

-- 

3 

19 

2 

I 

3 

17 

1 

_. 

1 

3 

27 

3 

4 

1 

_ 

8 

40 

3 

2 

1 

6 

41 

2 

3 

2 

1 

8 

63 

4 

2 

3 

1 

10 

48 

3 

5 

1 

10 

Go 

4 

6 

2 

12 

78 

S 

5 

3 

If) 

55 

5 

7 

1 

13 

92 

9 

i 

o 

1 

20 

70 

6 

8 

4 

IS 

70 

o 

7 

3 

15 

70 

5 

7 



.._ 

12 

74 

3 

7 

3 

-- 

13 

GO 

1 

7 

2 

10 

38 

5 

4 

3 

12 

40 

4 

1 

2 

7 

34 

2 

5 

2 

__ 

9 

26 

- 

2 

1 

-- 

3 

17 

_ 

.. 

1 

1 

11 

_ 

1 

3 

1 

5 

12 

_ 

2 



__ 

2 

8 

1 

1 



2 

3 

_ 

__ 

2 

Totals 3       5      77      95      42       5     227    1  143 

Mean  lengths 185     187     215     218     219     212     216     213 


SARDINE  AGE   AXD  LENGTH   COMPOSITION 


145 


TABLE  8 

Length  Composition  of  Year-classes  in  Sardine  Samples  from  Central 
Baja  California  Interseason  Catch,  1963 


Standard 
length 
(mm) 


Totals 


Year-class 


1962 


1961 


1960 


1959 


1958  1957 


Meas- 
Aged         ured 


136 

138 

140 

142 

144 

146 

148 

150 

152 

154 

156 

158 

160 

162 

164 

166 

168 

170 

172 

174 

176 

178 

180 

182 

184 

186 

188 

190 

192 

194 

196 

198 

200 

202 

204 

Totals 

Mean  lengths. 


-- 

:: 

-- 

-- 

1 
1 



— 

— 

— 

1 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

;; 

""  "" 

—  ~ 

**  ~ 

— 

— 

1 
2 

9 

1 

1 

-- 

-- 

-- 

2 

8 

5 

19 

-- 

2 

-- 

-- 

-- 

2 

12 
4 
9 

-- 

1 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1 

1 

1 

13 

_  _ 

3 

.. 

._ 

3 

20 



2 

3 

.. 

.. 

5 

23 

1 

4 

2 

__ 

__ 

7 

49 

-- 

2 

5 

2 

-- 

9 

54 

5 

8 

2 

1 

16 

69 



9 

12 

3 

24 

103 

2 

8 

4 

4 

18 

91 

1 

13 

3 

17 

S6 

5 

13 

4 

1 

-- 

23 

112 

1 

4 

6 

1 

1 

13 

68 

1 

5 

2 

2 

10 

51 

1 

4 

2 

_. 

.. 

7 

43 



0 

4 

2 

12 

43 

1 

2 

1 

-- 

-- 

4 

16 

1 

3 

1 

1 

6 

12 



4 

1 

_. 

._ 

5 

18 





__ 

__ 

__ 

__ 

2 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

2 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

3 

14 

90 

60 

18 

3 

185 

953 

182 

182 

182 

182 

186 

182 

180 

2 — 66S71 


I4(i 


CALllOKMA   I'lhii   AM)   tIA.ME 


TABLE   9 
Age  and  Year-class  Composition  of  the  Sardine  Catch  in  the  1963—64  Season 


Central  California 

"July"* 

"Aucu^t" 

"September" 

"October" 

"November" 

"December" 

"January" 

"Fcbniarv" 

Total  Central  Cali- 
fornia  

Percent 

Southern  '  'alifornia 

"September" 

"October" 

"November" 

"December" 

"January"t 

"February" 

"Marcli"! 

Total  Southern  Cali- 
fornia  

Percent 

Total  California 

Percent 

Baja  Calilornial 

"September" 

"October" 

"November" 

"December" 

"January" 

"February" 

"March" 

Total  Baja  California 
Percent 


Catch 


Tons 


107 

430 

167 

fl 

Trace 

37 

44 

149 

943 


127 
48:? 
1S5 
101 
40 
17 
136 

1,089 


2,032 


957 
931 
1,166 
1,034 
884 
357 

5,329 


Number 


476 

1.780 

884 

41 

202 

187 
640 

4,210 

100.00 


688 

2,599 

928 

577 

229 

94 

1,868 

6,983 

100.00 

11,193 
100.00 


6,950 
6,607 
8.367 
7,872 
7,323 
2,865 

39,984 

100.00 


1 

1962 


635 

635 

9.09 

635 
5.67 


Number  of  lish  in  thousands  by  age  and  year-class 


2 
1961 


53 
62 
12 


127 

3.02 


14 
104 


1,233 

1,351 

19.35 

1,478 
13.20 


435 
660 
128 


1,336 

3.34 


3 
1960 


214 

53 

5 


10 
11 


299 

7.10 


191 

208 

6 

25 
21 


451 

6.46 

750 
6.70 


1,736 
1,686 
3,249 
2,707 
3,732 
1.453 

14,563 

36.42 


4 
1959 


67 

623 

141 

4 

41 

7 

173 

1,056 

25.08 


287 
987 
353 
277 
89 
28 


2,021 

28.94 

3,077 
27.49 


3,554 
2,875 
3,749 
3,504 
2,104 
814 

16,600 

41.52 


5 
1958 


409 
730 
407 

IS 

85 

79 

365 

2,093 

49.71 


165 
738 
439 
254 
106 
45 


1,747 

25.02 

3,840 
.34.31 


1,316 
1,277 

532 
1,.321 
1.411 

561 

6,418 

16.05 


1957 


160 
177 

2 

4S 

64 

102 

553 

3.U 


20 
520 
105 

46 
9 


700 

10.02 

1,253 
11.20 


239 
197 
113 
212 


761 

1.90 


7 
1956 


44 


12 
26 


82 
1.95 


9 
42 
25 


76 

1.09 

158 
1.41 


105 

137 

64 


306 

0.77 


1955 


2 

0.03 

2 
0.02 


*  AugiLSt  1—4 

t  Xo  samples,  Dec.  and  Feb.  sampling  u.'^ed. 
t  Feb.  2S-March  2  landings 

§  Includes  Cedros  Island  and  Ensenada  only- 
not  sampled. 


-1,5.j1  tons  from  southern  Baja  cannery 


TABLE    10 

Age  and  Year-class  Composition  of  the  Sardine  Catch  in  the 
1963  Baja  California  Interseason 


Baja  California* 
"February"t- 

"March" 

"April" 

"May" 

"June" 

"July" 

"August"! 

Total 

Percent 


Catch 


Tons 


204 

872 

963 

1,070 

1,573 

1,159 

870 

6,711 


Number 


1,776 

7,160 

7,430 

8,416 

11,358 

10,060 

6,281 

52,481 

100.00 


Numbers  of  fish  in  thousands  by  age  and  year-cla;s 


1 
1962 


1 

4 

76 
32 

113 

0.22 


2 
1961 


290 
957 

1,134 
305 
393 

1,053 

4,132 


3 
1960 


957 
3,836 
3,722 
3,350 
4.014 
5,224 
1,892 
22,995 
43.82 


4 
1959 


334 
1,514 
1,893 
3,611 
6,090 
2,510 
3,739 
19,691 
37.52 


5 
1958 


112 

543 

645 

987 

861 

1,097 

457 

4,702 

8.96 


6 
1957 


82 

306 

36 

87 

144 
193 
848 

1.62 


7 
1956 


*  Includes  Cedros  Island   and   Ensenada 

fornia  cannery  not  sampled. 
t  March  3-10,  no  samples,  "Alarch"  used. 
t  September  1-2,  no  fish  landed 


only — 4,524   tons   from  southern   Baja   Cali- 


SARDINE  AGE  AND  LENGTH   COMPOSITION 


147 


Catch  Localities 
Areas  of  catch  are  important  to  the  fisheries  scientist  interested  in  the 
relationships  of  the  fish  to  its  environment.  The  popnlation  dynamieist 
is  interested  in  major  shifts  of  catch  areas  that  may  be  related  to  en- 


>.s                                                                                                1 

462 

• 

A 

452 

SAN    FRANCISCO 

471 

464 

487 

477 

1963-1964        SEASON 

483 

>«                                     SARDINE     CATCH 

545 

506 

.       Santa  cru?                                 .^mc  r^r-^T  —  c  T/-\Kir 

515 

r 

r^ 

^507                                                                            T  =  TRACE 

524 

■-■■■■;: 

MO 

546 

531 

527 

Ci 

NTEREY 

537 

\ 

S32 

544 

i 

«PT.  SUR 

568 

555 

m?PT.   LOPEZ 

551 

> 

T 

i 

X" 

56/ 

N 

\  560 

649 

606 

\60) 

613 

h 

&07 

621 

( 

>.614 

630 

in 

J62 
^63 

2 

650 

636 

1 

642 

1 

\637 

<4PT    ARGUELLO 

64  8 

1644 

l^.   ARGUELLO 

663 

\JX. 

— i- J 

LiV 

^ 

-^t 

^ 

FA    E 
^6= 

ARBARA 
1 

U-'  ■    -^'  — -■  ■■^■■ 

(,77 

\66 

4 

696 

ci:^ 

^             r. 

-^ 

i 

^ 

yy 

•Vi"  r 

^ 

6  79 

717 

ps 

, 

\ 

31 

736 

• 

i 

w. 

PEDRO 

r\7i8 

777 

7SS 

':'• 

•■ 

tS^^737 

775 

J-. 

"M 

hi''- 

T 

\^ 

\ 

7Sb 

820 
841 

---. 

K 

^ 

t^ 

W. 

80S^ 

•OCEANSIDE 

n 

T 

\821 

896 

1 

958 

^ 

h^i. 

})842 

VSAN 
■^[^DIEGO 

376 

,- 

-V^ 

861 

894 

( 

'■,^ 

ra77__ 

''-',897'., 

^.\ 

I 

FIGURE  3-Sardine   catch   origins    1963-64   season.    Dots    are   placed    in    approximate    locations, 
relative  to  land  masses  where  fish  are  known  to  have  been  taken. 


148 


CAI.IIUKMA    llsll     AM)    CAM  K 


viroiiniiMital  cliangos  result ii)^'  in  (lisphiccMnciit  of  snl)i)()iiiilat ions  into 
aroas  of  dill'cront  fishin*:'  i)rcssun'.  Past  r(>])orts  on  yield  jxt  area 
(California  Slate  Fisheries  Laboratory,  1!):]();  Clark.  1937  a,  b ;  Piiikas, 
1951;  Clothier  and  (ii'cenhood,  IDoH)  covered  the  fishery  dnriii^'  its 
inception,  rai)id  exi)ansion,  and  decline  in  the  early  195()'s. 

The  data  for  this  report  are  deri^•ed  from  the  California  ]iink  ticket 
.system,  wliicii  has  been  well  documented  (California  IJurean  of  Marine 
Fisheries,  1952)  and  consists  of  iish  receipts  (pink)  filled  in  by  the 
d(>aler  at  the  time  he  purchases  fisli  from  tlie  fishermen.  The  tickets  list 
the  variety  of  fish,  pounds  landed,  and  block  area  of  catch.  Block  areas 
are  K)  nnnutes  of  latitude  by  10  miirates  of  lonpitude  (Figure  3).  At 
times,  dealers  do  not  enter  the  catch  areas,  but  during  the  sardine 
season  "checkers"  are  employed  by  the  Department  to  interview  the 
vessel  captain  at  time  of  uidoading  and  insure  that  all  data  concerning 
each  catch  are  on  a  special  checkcn-'s  ticket.  The  system  is  also  supple- 
mented by  scientific  personnel  who  interview  the  vessel  captains  when 
sampling  sardine  catches  (Figure  4). 

The  1963-64  season  catch  localities  off:  California  consisted  of  three 
major  areas:  the  central  California  coast  from  iMonterey  Bay  to  Point 
Lopez ;  the  southern  California  coastal  area  off  San  Pedro ;  and  the  off- 
shore islands  of  southern  California  (Figure  3).  The  catch  origins  cor- 
respond quite  well  to  an  eaidy  analysis  by  Clark  (1937),  in  which  most 
fisli  Avere  taken  within  3-5  miles  of  shore  and  in  areas  shallower  than 
500  fathoms. 

To  examine  major  shifts  in  areas  of  catch,  tonnages  for  individual 
l)h)cks  have  been  grouped  into  general  fishing  areas  (Table  11).  Season 
and  interseason  tonnages  were  computed,  and  the  tonnage  of  each  gen- 


FIGURE    4— Vessel    personnel    being    interviewed    on    the    activities    of    their    vessel    during    the 
previous  night  of  fishing.  Phoiograph  by  Richard  Wood,  June   1965. 


SARDINE  AGE  AND  LENGTH   COMPOSITION 


149 


TABLE    n 
Sardine  Catch  by  General  Fishing  Areas  for  1963—1964  Period 


General  areas 


Point  Arena... 
Kodega  Head.. 
San  Francisco. 
Pigeon  Point. . 
Monterey 


Point  Sur 

Piedras  Blancas. 
Point  Buchon... 

Point  Sal 

Santa  Barbara.. 


Port  Ilueneme. 


Santa  Cruz  Island  . 
Point  Vicente 


Oceanside 

Santa  Catalina  Island. 

Santa  Barbara  Island.. 
San  Nicolas  Island 


San  Diego 

San  Clcmente  Island 

Tanner  &  Cortes  Banks. 


Block  numbers 


401-421. 
422-445. 
446-471. 
472-506. 
507-531- 


532-552 

553-606. __- 

607-630 

631-648 

651-657,  665-671. 


664, 680-683, 703-706,  722- 
725 

684-690,  707-713,  728-732 
679,701,702,718-721,737- 

742...- 

756-758,  801-804,  821-825 
759-762,805-808. 


743-745,  763-765,  809-811 
746-749,  766-769,  812-815, 
833-836 

842-846,  860-864,  877-882 

826-832,  847-852,  865-869 

853-855,  870-873,  888-891. 

897__ 


Totals __ 

Pounds  ol  unknown  origin  not  included  above. 

Total  catch 


Interseason* 


Pounds 


71,819 


62,600 
9,600 

1,138,985 

193,400 


6,550 
110,000 


1,592,954 
1,276,215 

2,869J69^ 


Per- 
cent 


0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
2.5 

0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 


2.2 
0.3 

39.7 
0.0 

6.8 

0.0 

0.0 
0.0 
0.2 

3.8 


55.5 
44.5 

Wo 


Season t 


Pounds 


668,938 

843,725 
123,420 


5.950 
246,800 

296,347 

470 

893,696 

2,900 

264,050 
50,707 
60,450 

32,200 


3,489,653 
574,515 

"4;064;T68^ 


Per- 
cent 


0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
16.5 

20.8 
3.0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 


0.1 
6.1 

7.3 
T 

22.0 


6.5 
1.3 
1.5 

0.8 


85.9 
14.1 


100.0 


Total 


Pounds 


740,757 

843,725 
123,420 


68,550 
256,400 

1,435,332 

470 

1,087,096 

2,900 

264,0.50 
50,7(17 
67,000 

142,200 

5,082,607 
1,850.730 


6,933,337 


Per- 
cent 


0 . 0 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
10.7 

12.2 
1.8 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 


1.0 
3.7 

20.7 

T 

15.7 


3.8 
0.7 
1.0 

2.0 

73.3 

26.7 


100.0 


*  Interseason — North  of  Pt.  Arguello  March  2-Julj-  31 

— South  of  Pt.  Arguello  March  2-August  31 

t  Season  — North  of  Pt.  Arguello  August  1-Maroh  1 

— South  of  Pt.  Arguello  September  1-March  1 


tn-al  fisliiny  area  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  the  total  for  that  time 
period.  These  general  areas  are  the  same  groupings  used  in  past  yield- 
per-area  reports  (Pinkas,  1951)  and  provide  a  standard  for  comparing 
area  of  catch. 

Catch  localities  for  the  1963-64  season  were  similar  to  the  1962-63 
season.  In  1963-64,  16  percent  of  the  seasonal  catch  was  taken  in  Mon- 
terey Bay  (Table  11)  and  only  2  percent  in  1962-63.  Santa  Catalina 
Island  contributed  22  percent  of  the  total  catch  in  the  1963-64  season. 
Compared  to  past  years,  this  represents  a  significant  change  in  the 
relative  contribution  of  the  Santa  Catalina  Island  area  to  the  total 
catch.  This  change  resulted  from  the  opening  of  the  southeastern  por- 
tion of  the  island,  blocks  806  and  807,  to  roundhaul  and  purse-seine  nets 
on  September  23,  1963.  Seiners  concentrated  on  this  area  shortly  after 
the  opening  and  approximately  200  tons  of  sardines  were  taken. 


REFERENCES 

California,  Bureau  of  Marine  Fisheries.  1952.  The  commercial  fish  catch  of  Cali- 
fornia for  the  year  1950  with  a  description  of  methods  used  in  collecting  and 
compiling  the  statistics.  Calif.  Dept.  Fish  and  Game,  Fish  Bull.,   (86)  :  120  p. 

California  State  Fisheries  Laboratory.  1930.  Fishing  areas  along  the  California 
coast  for  the  sardine  (Sardina  caerulea).  Calif.  Div.  Fish  and  Game,  Fish  Bull., 
(25)  :  44  p. 


l.")()  CAl.lldH.MA    IISII    AM)  (;A.\rE 

Clark,   Frances  X.    l!(.'37a.    FisluiiR   lf)calili<'s    fm-    tlic   ( '.ilit'iprni.i    siiiilinc.    Sfirdiiiojis 

caerulea,  1028-1930.  Calif.  Div.  Fish  and  Came,  Fish   IJiill.,    (4Sj  :    11    ii. 
.   lO.'JTb.     Yield   per   area   of    the   California   sardine   fishing  gronnds    193")- 

1937.  Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  23   (4)  :  307-309. 
Felin,    Francis    E.,    and    .Tiilins    P>.    Phillips.    1948.     Aj;e    and    length    composition    of 

tlie    sardine    catch    off    the    Pacific    coasts    of    the    T'nited     States    and    Canada, 

1941-1942    throimh    1946-1947.    Calif.    Div.    Fish    and    (lame.    Fish    P.ull..    (09)  : 

122  p. 
Clothier,   Charles  K.,   and    Ivlward    C.   (JrecnlnHiil.    I'.i.'pd.   .lack    mackerel    .-ind    snrdinc 

yield    per    area    from    ("alifoi-nia    waters,    1940—47    llu-ongh    1954-5.1.   Calif.    Dcpt. 

Fish   and   Came,   Fish    I'.nll..    (102):    7-10. 

Pinkas,  Tjeo.  1951.  Yield  ],i-\-  ai-ea  of  the  California  sardine  fishing  gronnds 
1937-1949.   Cnlif.    Div.    Fish    and   (Jame,    Fish   Bull.,    (80)  :    9-14. 

Vrooman,  Andrew  AI.  1964.  Serologically  differentiated  snl)))opiil;il  ions  of  the 
Pacific  sardine,  Sardinops  caerulea.  Fish.  Res.  Rd.  Canada.  .Tour..  21  (4)  :  091- 
701. 


Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  52 (.3)  :  151-156.  1966. 


SKILFISH,   ERILEPIS  ZONIFER  (LOCKINGTON),   IN 
CALIFORNIAN   AND   PACIFIC   NORTHWEST  WATERS^ 

J.    B.   PHILLIPS 

Marine  Resources  Operations 
California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game 

A  young  skilfish  453  mm  TL  was  trawled  off  Monterey  Bay  in 
December  1963.  This  north  PaciTic  species  attains  a  length  of  6  feet  and 
a  weight  of  200  pounds.  Young  fish  are  taken  mainly  in  the  epipelagic 
zone,  usually  far  from  shore,  while  large  individuals  are  taken  at  greater 
depths.  Skilfish  apparently  represent  a  latent  resource  awaiting  dis- 
covery of  major  concentrations. 

INTRODUCTION 

A  young-  skilfisli,  17.8  inches  long:  and  weighing  3.6  pounds  (Table  1), 
was  taken  in  an  otter  trawl  towed  on  the  bottom  in  9.")  fathoms  soutli- 
west  of  Pt.  Santa  Cruz,  ^lonterey  Bay  on  December  4,  1963.  Salvatore 
Tringali,  owner  of  the  ^lonterey  P'ish  Company,  discovered  this  un- 
usual fish  in  a  catch  of  rockfish  (Sehastodes  spp.)  unloaded  from  the 
trawler  El  Salvdtore.  The  specimen  is  deposited  in  the  California  Acad- 
emy of  Sciences  fish  collection  (No.  27084). 

Previously,  only  three  specimens  of  Erilcpis  zonifer  have  been  re- 
ported from  California.  The  first,  an  11.75-inch  fish,  was  described  as 
a  neAv  species  (Lockington,  1880).  It  was  found  in  August  1879  at  a 
San  Francisco  market,  in  a  catch  of  fish  from  ^Monterey  Bay.  The  other 
two  were  reported  as  "fat-priest  fish"  by  Jordan  (1918)  who  saw^  them 
at  a  San  Francisco  market.  lie  gave  no  lengths  or  weights,  but  partook 
of  the  flesh  of  one  and  pronounced  it  delicious. 

SYNONOMY 

Lockington  (1880)  described  this  species  as  Myriolepis  zonifer,  but 
Gill  (1894)  pointed  out  that  the  generic  name  Myriolepis  was  already 
in  use  for  fossil  fishes,  and  proposed  Erilepis  in  its  stead. 

Not  until  1900,  20  j-ears  after  its  description,  was  a  second  specimen 
noted.  In  that  year,  D.  S.  Jordan  and  J.  0.  Snyder  found  a  6-foot 
stuffed  Erilepis  in  the  Imperial  ^Museum  of  Tokj^o  which  they  mistook 
for  a  giant  sea  bass.  In  fact,  they  described  a  55-inch  specimen  caught 
in  the  Sagami  Sea  as  Ehisus  saga)iiii(s,  and  placed  it  in  the  family 
Serranidae  (Jordan  and  Snyder,  1901).  Later,  Jordan  (1917)  recog- 
nized Ehisus  as  the  uniformly-colored  adult  of  the  skilfish.  Originally 
the  skilfish  was  placed  in  a  separate  family,  Erilepidae,  but  recent  tax- 
onomic  practice  has  been  to  include  Erilepis  with  Anoplopoma  (sable- 
fish)  in  the  family  Anoplopomatidae. 

Numerous  common  names  have  been  applied  to  skilfish,  including: 
giant  skilfish,  giant  seabass,  marine  monk,  and.  priestfish,  in  North 
America;  and  aburahozu  (fat-priest),  and  aiurainagi  (fat-bass),  in 
Japan. 

^Submitted  for  publication  February  1966. 

(151) 


1.V2 


(   AMI  (iK'MA     I   ISII     AM)    (^VAIE 


DISPARITY 

In  cjirlicr  \c;irs.  ;iii  iiccasioiuil  I;ii'l:('  skillisii  ni;i\  luixc  hccii  dressed 
and  nniiitt'iiti(>iuill\'  iiiarki^tcd  as  a  saljjcfisli.  Kell  ;iiid  (iharrett  (1945) 
stale  tlial  the  <'ai)tain  of  tlic  lialihiit  xcssci  Ftn'iraid  rcpoi-ted  wei<i]iiii<i' 
out  a  blacUcod  ( sahlefish)  at  T2(i  pounds,  head  and  (Mitrails  removed, 
tliat  was  cau.alit  off  soutlu'astci'u  Alaska  in  1916.  This  would  represent 
a  whole  tish  weiuhinp-  aboid  In!)  pounds — assuiuin<i'  a  wei<ilit  loss  of 
approximately  oue-thii-d.  which  noiMually  (m-cui's  when  sahlefish  are 
di-essed  and  Ix'lieaded.  This  adjusted  wei<iht  (LS!)  pounds]  is  acceptable 
for  the  skilfish,  which  attains  a  round  wei<iht  of  200  pounds,  but  it  is 
much  too  lar<ie  foi'  a  sahlefish. 

Past  surveys  indicate  that  a  sahlefish  of  .")()  ]iounds  is  near-maximum 
size.  Swan  (1885)  notes:  "Instances  ai'e  not  uncommon  of  black  cod 
beinti-  taken  measui'in^'  oO  inches  and  wei^hiuo;  .30  pounds,  but  the 
averaj.!e  is  much  less  than  this  last.  But  it  is  the  admitted  rule  that 
the  d(>eper  the  wafei'  tlie  laruer  the  fish."  Johnston    riDlT)    reiioi'ts  the 


TABLE   1 

Measurements  and  Meristic  Counts  of  a  Young  Skilfish,  Erilepis  Zonifer, 
Caught  ofF  Monterey  Bay,  December  4,  1963 


Total  Ipngtli  ("ant.  tip  of  jaws  to  tip  of  candal  fin) 

Standard  length  (tip  of  upper  .i:;\v  to  end  vertebral  column)  .  . 

Greatest  vertical  body  depth 

Greatest  lateral  body  thickness 

Length  of  head  (tip  of  upper  jaw  to  end  of  opercular  flap) 

Least  interorbital  width  (top  of  head  at  mid-orbits) 

Length  of  snout  (median  tip  upper  jaw  to  anterior  rim  orbit) _ 

Horizontal  width  of  orbital  cavit.\- 

^'ertical  height  of  orbital  cavity 

Length  of  upper  jaw  (median  tip  to  end  of  maxillary) 

Width  of  suborbital  bone,  between  orbit  and  maxillary 

Least  dorso-ventral  height  of  caudal  peduncle 

Length  of  base  of  first  dorsal  fin 

Length  of  base  of  second  dorsal  fin 

Length  of  base  of  anal  fin,  including  spines 

Width  of  pectoral  fin  base 

Longest  pectoral  fin  ray  (from  line  bet.  insertions  to  tip) 

Longest  ventral  fin  ray 

Longest  anal  fin  ray 

Longest  dorsal  fin  spine 

Longest  dorsal  fin  ray 

Interspace  between  first  and  second  dorsal  fins 

Distance  from  posterior  of  anus  to  origin  of  anal  fin 

Counts 

First  dorsal  fin 

Second  dorsal  fin 

Anal  fin 

Ventral  fin 

Pectoral  fin 

Number  of  rakers  on  first  gill  arch 

Number  of  pores  in  lateral  line 


453.0 

382 . 0 

120.5 

71.0 

114.5 

48 . 5 

37.0 

20.0 

15.5 


1 

.0 
.0 
.5 
.0 

2 

5 


40. 
13. 
36. 
98. 
100. 
03. 
31 
88.5 
56.0 
51.0 
42.0 
49.5 
10.0 
7.5 


Percent  of 

standard 

length 


31.5 

18.6 

30.0 

12.7 

9.7 

5.2 

4.1 

12.1 

3.4 

9.4 

25.8 

26.2 

16.5 

8.3 

23.2 

14.7 

13.4 

11.0 

13.0 

2.6 

2.0 


XIII 

I,  17 

II,  12 

I,  5 

18  rays,  each  side 
22  (6-1-16) 
133 


SKILFISH   IN   EASTERN  PACIFIC  153 

capture  of  40-  to  50-pound  sablefish  off  Umatilla  Lightship  in  1!)15. 
(Uemeiis  jiikI  Wilby  (19-i())  ineiitiou  tluit  hirge  individuals,  3  feet  long 
and  40  pounds  in  weight,  liave  been  eaptured  on  North  Pacific  lialibut 
banks.  Coastwise  sea  surveys  during  the  past  decade  have  failed  to  yield 
sablefish  weighing  over  40  pounds  (Pacific  Marine  Pish.  Comm.,  1954; 
Alverson,  Pruter,  and  Ronholt,  1964).  The  largest  authenticated  sable- 
fish from  Pacific  waters  was  a  5(i-pounder  caught  in  1930  oft'  Fort 
Bragg,  California   (Capt.  C  L.  Larson,  pers.  connn.). 

A  readily  observed  dift'erence  between  skilfish  and  sablefish  is  that  in 
skilfish  tlic  first  (spinous)  dorsal  (in  is  set  in  a  shalh)\v  groove,  and  the 
space  between  the  fii'st  and  secoiul  doi-sal  fins  is  less  tiian  the  width  of 
tile  orbit.  In  sabh^fish  there  is  no  dorsal  fin  groove  and  the  dorsal  inter- 
space is  several  times  the  width  of  the  orbit. 

DISTRIBUTION 

Skilfish  have  been  taken  occasionally  from  ^lonterey  Bay  noi-thward 
into  the  (iulf  of  Alaska,  along  the  Xorth  American  coast,  and  off  the 
fvurileaml  -Japaiu'se  islands,  along  the  Asiatic  coast.  Tiicy  have  not  been 
rcpoi-ted  in  Puget  Sound,-  nor  in  the  Pering  Sea. 

In  the  past  decade,  intensified  research  fishing,  particularly  for 
salmon  in  Xorth  l*acific  waters,  has  resulted  in  many  incidental  cap- 
tures of  skilfish.  Xeave  (195!))  reported  14  individuals  taken  in  surface 
gill  nets  set  well  off  the  Canadian  coast  in  .Inly  195(i,  and  May,  June, 
and  .\u,i:iist  1!».')S.  Parkins  (19(i4)  rei)orted  145  specimens  taken  in 
surface  gill  nets  set  ovci-niul'.t  during  Alay  through  September,  1955- 
1961,  in  waters  off*  the  Pacific  Northwest  and  in  the  Gulf  of  Alaska; 
iu)ne  was  taken  in  nets  set  in  the  Pering  Sea. 

Young  skilfish  appai'cntly  lead  an  epipelagic  existence.  Andriashev 
(1955)  repoiied  tliat  in  August  1951  five  young  skilfish  3.6  to  7.0 
inches  long  were  caught  at  the  surface  from  the  Russian  whaling  ship 
lih/ui-dl  S5  miles  east  of  the  Kurile  Islands.  Another  innnature  fish  21.5 
inches  long  was  caught  in  August  1953,  by  a  crew  member  using  a 
baited  hook  fished  at  the  surface  about  260  miles  oft"  the  northern 
Kuriles;  the  surface  water  temperature  was  8.7°C  (47.7°F)  at  that 
time.  In  December  1965,  the  Vancouver  Public  Acpiarium  received 
three  small,  live  skilfish,  10  to  12  inches  long,  that  had  been  caught 
at  the  surface  900  miles  west  of  Victoria  the  previous  month.  Crew 
members  of  the  weathership  Stonetoini  who  had  caught  these  three 
fish  said  that  juvenile  skilfish  are  apparently  curious  because  they 
"poke  their  h.eads  out  of  the  water  around  the  ship  and  can  be  dip- 
netted  by  long  handled  nets"   (Hewlett,  1966). 

Early  in  May  1965,  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences,  San  Fran- 
cisco, placed  on  display  two  live  young  skilfish  contributed  by  the 
Fishery  Research  Institute,  University  of  Washington,  Seattle.  One 
fish  was  16  and  the  other  20  inches  long  Avhen  caught  at  the  surface, 
April  20,  1965,  on  longline  gear  set  for  salmon,  1,100  miles  off'  the 
southern  Oregon  coast. ^  The  surface  temperature  was  10.3°C  (50.5°  F) 
at  the  place  of  capture  (Lillian  Dempster,  pers.  comm.) . 

2  Andriashev    (1955)    inadvertently    lists    skilfish    from    Pui?et    Sound,    citing    Kincaid 

(l!tl9).  Kincaid,  in  noting-  a  distinction  between  skilfish  and  resident  sablefish, 
states:  "No  specimens  have  been  taken  within  the  limits  of  Puget  Sound,  but  a 
number   of   examples   have   been   captured    on   the   neighboring   Canadian    shore." 

3  One  of  these  fish  was  still  alive  at  Steinhart  Aquarium  on  April  14,  1966. 


ir)4 


CALIFOKXIA    I'lSlI   AND   (iAME 


Xoither  Neave  (IDof))  nor  l.ai'kiiis  (]9()4)  listed  the  lengths  or' 
\V('i<:li1s  of  skilfisli  lakcii  in  surl'aec  <"ill  nets  in  eastern  Paeifie  waters;! 
however.  Larkins  Jiotcd  lliat  the  net  niesli  sizes  ^■aried  from  2.0  to  5.5; 
inelies,  stretehed.  This  wonhl  indicate  retention  of  subordinate  sizes: 
of  skilfish.  In  tlie  IT.S-iiicli  six'cimen  from  Monterey  (Figure  1),  thej 
greatest  vertical  body  (b'ptli  is  4.75  inclies,  and  the  greatest  lateral 
body  thickness  is  2. 80  inciies.  Tliis  fish,  like  those  reported  b}'  Neavei 
(1959)  and  Larkins  (1964),  couhl  liave  been  caught  near  the  surface. 
An  otter  ti'awl  has  no  chising  (h>vice  and  fishes  while  being  set  and 
retrieved,  as  well  as  on  the  bottom.  j 

Information  concerning  the  depths  at  ^\llicJ^  large  skilfish  were 
caught  oflf  Japan  is  lacking,  but  there  are  a  few  records  for  eastern] 
racific  Avaters.  These  indicate  that  individuals  44  to  70  inches  long,! 
anil  weighing  up  to  175  pounds,  have  been  caught  on  or  near  the  bot-i 
torn  in  150  to  240  fathoms  on  baited  halibut  lines   (Thomj^son,  1916,: 


1917;  Clemens  and  Wilby,  1946, 


1961). 


COLOR 

The  body  of  young  skilfish  is  dark-gray  or  blue-black,  conspicu- 
ously blotched  with  white  or  light-gray  (Figure  1).  In  large  individ- 
uals, the  whitish  blotches  are  obscured,  and  the  body  is  uniformly 
blackish  above,  and  lighter  below.  The  whitish  blotches  apparently 
are  retained  until  a  fish  reaches  at  least  -i^)  inches.  Newman  (1963) 
rei)orted  upon  a  skilfish  exhibited  at  the  Vancouver  (British  Colum-i 
bia)  Public  Aquarium  from  July  1956  to  September  1963,  when  it 
died.  During  this  period,  it  grew  in  length  from  12  to  35  inches,  but; 
retained  its  pattern  of  white  and  light-gray  marks  for  the  entire  7 
years.  j 


FIGURE    1— A    young     skilfish,     Erilepsis    zonifer,     17.8     inches     long     token     off     Monterey     Boy, 
December  4,  1963.  Photograph  by  J.  6.  Phillips. 


LATENT  RESOURCE 

Andriashev  (1955)  notes  that  the  Soviet  fisheries  industry  is  in- 
terested in  finding  commercial  concentrations  of  this  large,  fat  fish, 
both  in  surface  and  bathypelagic  waters  of  the  northwestern  Pacific 
area.   Apparently,   skilfish   are   not   common   on   grounds  traditionallj^ ; 


SKiLfish  in  eastern  pacific  155 

fished  along'  the  North  American  coast.  A  few  large  individuals  have 
l)een  taken  on  halibut  gear,  but  none  with  dragnet  gear,  except  for 
the  recent  Monterey  Bay  specimen. 

Alverson  et  al.  (1964)  made  no  mention  of  skilfish  catches  in  bot- 
tom trawling  operations  by  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries 
in  northeastern  Pacific  waters  during  1940-1962.  They  evaluated 
over  1,700  drags  that  were  made  from  ( )regon  northward  into  the  Bering 
and  Chukchi  Seas.  Depths  to  800  fathoms,  and  in  some  cases  to  600 
fathoms,  were  sampled.  B.y  contrast,  sablefish  were  taken  in  all  depths 
from  Oregon  to  the  l)ering  Sea.  The  capture  of  many  young  skilfish 
in  gill  nets  set  at  the  surface  several  hundred  miles  from  shore  in 
North  Pacific  waters,  could  signify  a  bathypelagic  habitat  for  the 
larger  fish.  If  such  is  the  case,  harvesting  could  be  accomplished  wnth 
mid-water  trawls,  which  i-ecently  have  been  used  to  capture  commer- 
cial quantities  of  Pacific  hake,  Merluccius  productus. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

T  am  indebted  to  "W.  T.  Follett  and  Lillian  J.  Dempster,  California 
Academy  of  Sciences,  for  sup])lying-  information  and  literature  on 
Erilrpis.  John  E.  Fitch  was  helpful  in  suggesting  various  references, 
and  he  and  John  L.  Baxter  gave  editorial  counsel. 

LITERATURE   CITED 

Alverson,  I).  L.,  A.  T.  I'rutcr,  and  T>.  T;.  Uoiiliolt.  I!)64.  A  stndy  of  dfiiuTsal  tislips 
and  fisheries  of  the  northeastern  Pacific  Ocean.  T'niv.  Brit.  Col..  Inst.  Fish.,  Van- 
couver, p.  134-136. 

Andriasliev,  A.  P.  19r)."5.  A  fisli  new  to  tlie  fauna  <>f  the  USSR — Erilcpis.  Erilepis 
zonifer  (Lock.)  Pisces.  Anoiiloponiidae,  from  the  Kanichatkan  waters  of  the 
Pacific  Ocean.  A^oprosv  Ikhtioh)sii  (4)  :  .3-9.  [Knsl-  transl.  by  T^aurence  Penny, 
edited  by  Bruce  B.  Co'llette,  T.S.  Fish  and  Wihll.  Serv..  Wash.,  !►.(".  1 

Bell,  F.  Reward,  and  John  T.  Gharrett.  1!)4.').  The  Pacific  ("oast  blackcod.  Ano- 
ploponw  finihiin.  Copeia,  1045   (2)  :  94-103. 

Clemens.   W.   A.,   and   G.   V.   Wilby.   1946.   Fishes  of  the  Pacific   Coast  of   Canada. 

Fish.  Res.  Jid.  Canada,  Bull.,   (68)  :  239-242. 

1961.  Hid  (2nd  ed.),  (68)  :  2.39-242. 

Gill,  T.  1894   {Myriolepis  zonifer  Lockinston).  Science  23(573)  : 'A. 

Hewlett,   Gil.   1966.   New   skilfish.   Aquarium   Newsletter,   ^'ancouver   Publ.   Aquar., 

10(1)  :4. 

Johnston,  E.  C.  1917.  Survey  of  the  fishinj;-  j;rounds  on  the  coasts  of  Washinf?ton 
and  Oregon  in  1915.  U.S.  Comm.  Fish.,  Rept.  for  1915,  app.  6,  p.  .5-20. 

•Jordan,  David  Starr.  1917.  Changes  in  names  of  American  fishes.  Copeia.  1917 
(49)  :  85-89. 

• 1918.  The  "fat-priest  fish"   in   California.   Copeia.  1918    (54)  :  29-30. 

Jordan,  David   Starr,  and  .John  O.   Snyder.  1901.  Descriptions  of  nine  new  species 

of  fishes  contained  in  museums  of  Japan.   Imper.  Univ.  Tokyo,  Coll.   Sci.,  Jour., 

15 :  301-311. 

Ivincaid.  Trevor.  1919.  An  annotated  list  of  Puget  Sound  fishes.  Wash.  Dept.  Fish., 

Olympia,  p.  28. 
Ijarkins,    Herbert    A.    1964.    Some    epipelagic    fishes    of    the    North    Pacific    Ocean. 

Bering  Sea,  and  Gulf  of  Alaska.  Amer.  Fish.   Soc,  Trans.,  93(3)  :  286-290. 

Lockington,  W.  N.  1880.  Description  of  a  new  chiroid  fish,  MyrioJepis  zonifer.  from 
Monterey  Bay,  California.   U.S.  Natl.  Mus.,  Proc,  3 :  248-251. 

Neave,  Ferris.  1959.  Records  of  fishes  from  waters  off  the  British  Columbia  coast. 
Fish,  Res.  Bd.  Canada,  Jour.,  16(3)  :  383-384. 


ir,(i 


(•  M.iroK'MA    IISII    AXn    fiAME 


NcwiiiMii.    M.    A.    r.M;.'{.    rnssiii};   of  llic    'inx  siciv    fisli."    A<|u;iriiiiii    Newsletter,    V;iii- 
ciiiniT  I'lililic  Aiiiiiiriuiii,  7(8)  :  .'i. 

r.'icilif    M;irino    Fislierics    ('oiiiinission.    1!)."'>4.    (  Snlilclisiri .    Tac.    M;ir.    Kisli.    ("oiuin.. 

I'.nll..    (.•{)  :  1-1:10. 
Swan.    .1.    (J.    ISS.").    Itcpoi-l    on    black    cod    of   (lie    \oilli    I'.Mcific    Ocean.    T'.S.    Fish. 

Conim..    Hull..    5(1.".):    'SJ'tS.'A. 
Thonipson.    ^Vi]l    F.    IHK!.    A    second    occurrence    of    Erilepis    in    American    wafers. 

Copeia.  1016  (30)  :  20-30. 
1017.  Further  notes  on  Erilepis,  the  j^iant  bass-like  fish  of  the  North  i'a<ilic. 

Copeia.   1017    (40)  :  0-13. 


Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  52(3)  :  157-160.  1966. 


RESULTS  OF  THE    1961    TO    1965 
PISMO  CLAM  CENSUSES^ 

JOHN   G.   CARLISLE,  JR. 

Marine  Resources  Operations 
California   Department  of   Fish   and   Game 

Data  for  the  Department's  annual  Pismo  clam  census  are  analyzed 
and  brought  up  to  date  for  the  years  1961  to  1965.  Two  of  the  5  years, 
1964  and  1965,  were  characterized  by  good  recruitment  at  the  three 
Pismo  locations  sampled,  but  recruitment  at  Morro  Bay  was  almost  Sack- 
ing. Although  recruitment  during  1961,  1962,  and  1963  was  poor  at  all 
locations  on  both  beaches,  the  censuses  of  the  past  10  years  revealed 
an   improved   situation   over  the   previous   10  except   at   Morro   Bay. 

An  annual  een.sus  ul'  the  Pismo  clam  lias  been  taken  by  the  Dcpai't- 
ment  of  Fish  and  Game  at  three  locations  on  Pismo  Beach  since  192:5 
and  at  Morro  Bav  since  1949.  Censuses  prior  to  19()()  have  been  re- 
ported by  Baxter  (19(51,  V)(V2)  and  Fitcli  (1950,  Pl.l'i.  P»r)4.  19.5."3). 
The  present  paper  brings  census  data  up-to-date  thi-ough  liXi'). 

The  reg-idar  sections  at  LeGrande.  Oceano,  Pismo,  and  Morr-o  (Bax- 
ter. 1!)()1)  wei-e  sampled  in  eai-li  of  the  .">  ycai's  liKil  thi'ough  IDOf). 
IJaxter  (19(51)  describes  the  census  methods,  gives  a  liistory  of  tlie  reg- 
ulations governing  the  utilization  of  the  resource,  and  pi-esents  nuips 
of  the  census  locations. 

Kecrnil  iiicnt  was  yrvv  i^ood  in  1!)()4  at  tlic  tliree  I'ismo  Beach  locali- 
ties and  (luite  good  in  V.Hh).  The  size  of  the  1964  year-class  far 
exceeded  any  since  19.17;  the  last  outstanding  set  occurred  in  1946. 
During  1961,  1962.  and  1968  recruitment  was  poor.  Essentially  no  re- 
cruitment has  occurred  at  ^lorro  Bay  since  1944.  During  the  1965  cen- 
sus, however,  a  few  clams-of-the-year  were  washed  out  underfoot  as  the 
otfshore  end  of  the  section  was  flooded  by  incoming  waves,  giving  evi- 
dence of  a  better  set  at  Morro  Bay  than  any  since  1!»52. 

As  has  been  true  for  many  years,  very  few  large  clams  were  dug  in 
the  6-inch-wide  sections.  Practically  no  clams  older  than  5  years  were 
found.  Only  a  few  clams  have  attained  the  legal  size  of  4^  inches 
before  this  age.  All  sections  combined  vielded  onlv  three  legals  in 
both  1961  and  1962,  seven  in  1963,  and"  two  in  both  1964  and  1965. 
The  4^-inch  size  limit,  however,  allows  ample  time  for  reproduction; 
most  Pismo  clams  have  reproduced  four  or  five  times  before  reaching 
this  size. 

To  obtain  good  clamming  it  is  now  necessary  to  dig  in  waist-deep 
water  during  the  better  minus  (below  -1  foot)  tides  of  the  year. 

LE  GRANDE  SECTION 

This  section  is  about  5  miles  south  of  the  Pismo  Beach  pier  in  an 
area  which  was  a  clam  refuge  from  1929  to  1949  (Fitch,  1952).  It  is 
the   least   productive   of   the   three   Pismo   Beach    sampling   locations. 

1  Submitted  for  publication  February  1966. 

(  157  ) 


158 


CAl.IIOK.MA    FISH    AND    GAME 


TABLE    1 

Number  of  Cioms  by  Year-Class  Taken  in  the  Le  Grande  Section 

1961-1965 


Census  year 

Year-class 

1961 

1962 

1963 

1964 

1965 

1955-1-             

1* 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1956 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1957 

0 

1 

0 

0 

0 

1958 

3 

4 

0 

1 

0 

1959 

7 

4 

2 

0 

0 

1960 

7 

6 

5 

7 

1 

1961 

1- 

1 

4 

1 

2 

1962 

2 

6 

2 

0 

1963 

4 

8 

14 

1964 

71. 

41 

1965 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

40 

Total ___ 

19 

18 

21 

90 

98 

*  1945  year-class 

Only  one  age  zero  clam  was  clng  in  1961,  two  in  1962,  and  four  in  1963 
(Table  1).  In  196-1,  a  fair  set  occurred,  indicated  by  tlie  71  zeros  in  the 
section;  this  was  followed  by  40  zeros  in  196.").  The  latter  2  years  had 
the  best  recruitment  in  this  area  since  1946. 

OCEANO   SECTION 

The  Oceano  section  was  closed  to  digging  from  1949  until  1955.  A 
good  set  in  1964,  indicated  by  the  200  zeros  taken  in  the  section,  ap- 


TABLE   2 

Number  of  CSams  by  Year-C!ass  Taken  in  the  Oceano  Section 

1961-1965 


Census  yeai 

Year-class 

1961 

1962 

1963 

1964 

1965 

1955 +  . 

0 
0 
6 
11 
13 
8 
6 

1* 

0 

2 

7 
11 

5 
18 
36 

1* 
0 
0 
2 

5 
6 

21 
13 
14 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 

1 

6 

16 

25 

200 

0 

1956.   _ 

0 

1957... 

0 

1958... 

(j 

1959. . 

0 

1960 

0 

1961 

1 

1962   . 

15 

1963.   . 

''S 

1964 

141 

1965 

75 

Total 

44 

80 

62 

249 

257 

*  1946  year-class 


PISMO   CLAM   CENSUS    I961-65 


159 


parently  survived  quite  well  because  141  l-year-olds  were  found  in 
1965.  The  set  was  fair  in  1965,  when  75  zero  clams  were  taken,  some- 
what better  than  any  year  since  1957,  except  1964.  During  1961,  1962, 
and  1963  recruitment  was  poor  (Table  2). 

Two  legal-sized  clams  were  dug  in  both  1962  and  1968,  but  none  in 
the  other  3  years.  Poor  survival  of  the  record  1957  set  (Baxter,  1961) 
is  demonstrated  by  the  fact  that  only  one  legal  clam  from  this  year- 
class  was  dug  during  the  5  years  3961  to  1965. 

PISMO  SECTION 

This  section,  just  north  of  the  Pismo  Pcacli  pier,  is  in  an  area  never 
closed  to  digging.  Iiclatively  good  sets  which  occurred  here  in  1964 
and  1965  were  the  best  since  1959.  Survival  of  the  1964  year-class  has 
been  good;  the  section  yielded  111  chiiiis  as  zeros  in  1965,  and  97  were 
taken  as  1-year-olds  (Table  3).  The  1!)63  year-class  was  stronger  here 
than  at  Le  Grande  or  Oceano. 

TABLE  3 

Number  of  Clams  by  Year-Class  Taken  in  the  Pismo  Section 

1961-1965 


Census  year 

Year-class 

1961 

1962 

1963 

1964 

1965 

1955-H             --  - 

1* 
0 
.3 
13 

IS 

10 

4 

0 

0 

3 

15 

10 

5 

12 

33 

It 

0 

0 

4 

9 

4 
11 

6 
61 

1 
0 
0 
1 
5 
4 
10 

20 
111 

0 

1956 

1957..  

0 
0 

195S..  

0 

1959 

I960 

0 
4 

1961 

1962 

0 
21 

1963 

34 

1964 

1965 -  

97 
126 

Total 

49 

78 

96 

179 

282 

*  1952  year-class 
t  1945  year-class 


MORRO  SECTION 

Except  for  evidence  of  weak  recruitment  in  1965  (previously  noted), 
few  clams  have  set  in  the  Morro  area  since  1959,  and  there  have  been 
no  sets  of  real  consequence  since  1944  (Table  4).  The  situation  here 
is  extremely  serious.  Clams  in  this  area  need  at  least  7  years  to  reach 
legal  size,  so  even  if  a  good  set  occurs  in  1966,  clammers  would  not 
find  digging  very  productive  until  after  1972.  In  the  meantime  a  few 
legal  clams  still  can  be  dug  in  waist-deep  water  during  most  extreme 
low  tides  (-1.0  foot  or  lower). 


ICO 


CAI.II(ii;\|  A    I'lSII    AM)   CAMK 


TABLE   4 

Niimber  of  Clams  by  Year-Class  Taken  in  the  Morro  Section 

1961-1965 


Census  >  ear 

Year-class 

196! 

1962 

196.3 

1961 

1965 

1955+                   

1* 

0 

0 

1 

2 

0 
0 

2t 

0 

0 

0 

2 

0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
4 
1 

0 
0 
0 

0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 

1 

0 
0 

0 

195() 

0 

1957.    .-    ...    

0 

195S .    .    .    .    

0 

1959                                    

0 

1900               ... 

0 

1961                        ... 

0 

1962 

1983 

1964 

1 

0 
0 

1965.           .      _      _    _ 

1 

Total 

4 

4 

5 

1 

2 

*  1942  year-class 

t  1942  and  1951  year-classes 

DISCUSSION 

Two  .tiood  ycais  of  recriiitniciit  at  I'isino  ncadi  since  llXil,  coupled 
Avith  3  o'ood  yeai's  during  the  preeeding  5,  have  i)ro(Uieed  a  greatly 
iiii])roved  situation  over  that  whicli  existed  during  the  1946  to  1956 
period.  Provided  there  is  a  liood  survival  of  tliese  year-classes  during 
the  next  few  years,  there  should  be  a  steady  increase  in  the  take  of 
legal  clams. 

Survival  of  these  1964  and  1965  year-class  clams  will  depend  to  a 
large  degree  on  whether  the  claminiug  public  reburies  the  undersized 
elams  they  turn  out  in  search  of  legals. 

At  Morro  Bay,  only  the  fortunate  circunistance  of  several  years  of 
good  reci'uil  I'lenl  and  survival  can  I'estore  the  resource.  AVith  each 
passing  year,  such  a  revival  appeal's  luoi'e  and  luoi'c  unlikely. 


REFERENCES 

Baxter,   .John    L.    IDGl.    Results   of   the    l!i.".-"i    In    T.>.".".i    I'isiiio   clam    censuses.    Calif. 

Fish  and  Game,  47  (2)  :  153-162. 

1002.  The  Pismo  clam  in  lOtJO.  Calif.   Fish  and  (Janie,  48  (1)  :  :j.'3-.37. 

Fitch,  .John  E.  19.10.  The  Pismo  clam.  Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  36   (3)  :  285-312. 

19.52.  The  Pismo  clam  in  1951.  Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  38  (4)  :  541-.547. 

•  19.54.  The  Pismo  Clam  in  1952  and  1953.   Calif.   Fish  and  Game,  40    (2)  : 

199-201. 

1955.  Results  of  the  1954  Pismo  clam  census.  Calif.  Fi.sh  and  Game,  41    (3)  : 


209-211. 


Calif.  Fifth  and  flnmr,  52(0)  :  lfil-105.  1966. 


ADDITION  OF  ADULT  ANGLERFISH,  CHAENOPHRYNE 

PARVICONUS  REGAN   AND  TREWAVAS  (PISCES: 

ONEIRODIDAE),  TO  THE   EASTERN   SUBARCTIC 

PACIFIC  OCEAN  ^ 

RICHARD   B.   GRINOLS 

Exploratory  Fishing  and  Gear  Research  Base 

U.S.  Bureau  of  Commercial   Fisheries 

Seattle,  Washington  98102 

Data  on  variation  are  presented  for  two  anglerfish  that  were  trawled 
in  deep  water  off  the  Columbia  River  in  1963  and  1964,  and  the  escae  of 
two  closely  allied  species  are  discussed  briefly. 

Although  the  primary  distribution  of  ceratioids  appears  confined  to 
warm  parts  of  the  oceans,  Bertelsen  (1951)  showed  that  adulls  of  some 
species  occasionally  appear  in  subarctic  and  subantarctic  re<»ions. 
Adults  of  Ceralids,  H)inaittf)l()j>Jnis,  ('rripiosaraa,  and  Oneirodcs  have 
been  recorded  from  northern  latitudes  in  both  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific; 
Oneirodes  have  been  recorded  as  far  noi-tli  as  the  (Julf  of  Alaska  in  the 
eastern  north  Pacific. 

Two  fully-developed  unattached  females  of  Cliaenopliripir  parviconns 
Regan  and  Trewavas  were  taken  during  daylight,  offshore  near  the 
Columbia  River  effluence,  during  1963  and  1964  cooperative  bottom 
trawling  studies  by  the  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  and  the  Atomic 
Energy  Commission.  These  specimens  represent  the  first  records  of 
Chaenophrync  in  subarctic  waters.  Incidental  captures  of  bathypelagic 
organisms  have  not  been  unusual  during  these  investigations ;  Green- 
wood  (1959)  described  the  gear  utilized. 

The  largest  sjiecimen,  82.8  mm  tl  (68.7  +  14.1)  w^as  taken  from  a 
4()()-fathom  station,  September  2,  1964,  at  lat.  45°  50'N.,  long.  124° 
51'W.  The  other,  48.3  mm  tl  (39.2-^9.1)  came  from  a  275-fathom 
station,  August  27,  1963,  at  lat.  46°  OO'X.,  long.  124°  49'W.  The  larger 
of  these  establishes  a  record  size  for  this  genus;  the  previous  record  was 
a  55  mm  (41  +  14)  C.  longiceps  Regan  1926  [=  C.  melanorhahdn>i 
Regan  and  Trewavas  1932;  —(7.  parviconus,  Beebe  and  Crane  1947] 
from  the  Gulf  of  Panama   (Bertelsen,  1951). 

Both  specimens  from  off  the  Columbia  River  were  deposited  in  the 
Fish  ^luseum,  Universitv  of  AVashington;  the  larger  was  catalogued  as 
UW  18208  (Figure  1,  left)  and  the  other,  as  UW  17442  (Figure  1, 
right).  Counts  and  measurements  were  taken  from  the  left  side  of  the 
specimen  whenever  possible,  after  Ilubbs  and  Lagler  (1958).  Measure- 
ments were  made  with  dial  calipers  to  the  nearest  0.1  mm  and  meristic 
data  were  supplemented  with  the  aid  of  radiographs. 


1  Submitted  for  publication  December  1965. 


(  161  ) 

3— 66S71 


](i2  CALiFORXTA  FisTi  AND  r;A:\rE 

DISCUSSION 

The  following  discussion  of  variations  in  C.  parviconu.s  is  based  pri- 
marily on  information   acquired   from  the  new  records. 

Bertelsen's  (1951)  diajrnosis  of  Chaenophrifuc  adequately  isolates 
members  of  the  C.  draco-^^rowp  (except  for  C.  draco  Beebe)  on  the  basis 
of  escal  components.  Althou*ih  UW  18208  has  a  more  specialized  esca 
than  I'W  1744:!.  tlie  two  new  specimens  intensify  the  relationship 
between  C.  parviconus  and  C  draco.  The  esca  of  UW  18208  is  similar 
to  that  of  tlif>  above-mentioned  55  mm  specimen  except  that  the  anterior 
lilainent  liiiiidles  are  replaced  by  variable-length,  tapered,  cylindrical 
apjiendages  with  an  accompanying:  reduction  in  the  number  of  filaments 
arising  from  the  anterior  wing  of  the  posterior  appendage  (Figure  1, 
left).  Although  UW  17442  is  a  well-devoloped  female,  there  are  no 
fringes  or  filaments  on  the  esca  (Figure  1,  right).  The  23  mm  holotype 
of  C.  draco  has  no  fringes  or  filaments  on  the  esca,  but  has  distinct 
short  cvlindrical  appendages  laterallv  extending  from  the  base  of  the 
distal  papilla  fBertelsen,  1951).  Both  I'W  18208  and  VW  17442  have 
iridescent  basal  swellings  antero-lateral  to  the  distal  papilla ;  pos- 
teriorly these  swellings  give  rise  to  the  tapered  cylindrical  appendages 
(Figure  1).  Beebe  and  Crane  (1947)  and  Bertelsen  (1951)  suggest 
that  these  swellings,  which  were  seen  on  most  of  their  specimens,  rep- 
resent the  precursors  to  filament  formation.  After  examining  the  two 
Columbia  Eiver  fish,  I  concur  with  Bertelsen  (1951)  that  the  cylindrical 
extensions  of  the  anterior  basal-lateral  swellings  with  terminal  lumi- 
nescent patches  shown  by  C.  macractis  Kegan  and  Trewavas  1932  [=C. 
parviconus]  and  possibly  by  C.  draco  may  represent  an  advancement 
over  the  rudimentary  swollen  state  of  this  escal  area  preliminary  to 
formation  of  filament  bundles  or  appendages.  Of  course,  this  does  not 
preclude  that  anterior  cylindrical  appendages  could  have  been  regen- 
erated from  filament  bundles. 

Although  Bertelsen  (1951)  has  shown  various  ontogenetic  stages  of 
escal  development,  the  absence  or  presence  of  a  number  of  filaments 
does  not  appear  directly  connected  with  growth  as  shown  by  the  two 
new  records.  Beebe  and  Crane  (1947)  note  that  fringe  lengths  of  the 
posterior  bulb  appendages  vary  regardless  of  age. 

Morphomotrically  the  Cohunbia  River  specimens  exhibit  maximum 
divergence  in  the  width  of  the  gill  opening,  length  of  anal  base,  length 
of  longest  gill  filament,  relative  lengths  of  the  esca,  and  tip  of  the  sub- 
cutaneous appendage  (Table  1,  Figure  1).  Most  measurements,  how- 
ever, must  be  considered  with  caution  because  of  the  morphometric 
inaccuracy  resulting  from  the  gelatinous  globular  specimens.  The  in- 
crease in  gill  filament  length  and  resultant  filament  surface  could 
accommodate  the  increased  oxygen  requirements  for  the  larger  speci- 
men. The  tip  of  the  subcutaneous  appendage  and  escal  length  differ- 
ences may  reflect  allometric  growth  or  the  effects  of  preservation. 
]\leristic  differences  are  limited  to  dentition  (Table  2),  one  of  the  most 
variable  ceratioid  characters  (Bertelsen,  1951;  P.  J.  Struhsaker,  in 
litt.). 


ANGLER  FISH  IX  EASTERN  PACIFIC 


163 


A 


/RIS   REYNOLDS 


/RIS   REYNOLDS 


5  mr 


5mm. 


FIGURE    1— Frontal   views   of   illicium   of   UW    18208    (left)   with    part  of  pigmented    dermal    layer 
removed,    demonstrating    extent    of    subcutaneous    appendage,    and    UW    17442    (right). 


DISTRIBUTION 

C.  parviconus  has  been  recorded  from  below  lat.  37°N.  in  the  north- 
eastern Atlantic  Ocean  and  from  below  lat.  13 °S.  from  the  Indian  and 
Sonth  Pacific  Oceans.  The  most  northerly  previous  record  in  the  north 
Pacific  is  the  Gulf  of  Panama  (Bertelsen,  1951).  The  two  new  records 
extend  the  range  of  C.  parviconus  northward  to  a  point  offshore  from 
Tillamook  Head,  Oregon,  in  the  eastern  subarctic  Pacific  Ocean.  These 
northerly  subarctic  records  suggest  that  this  species  also  occurs  in 
adjacent  California  waters. 

^Morphologically  inferred  as  passive  swimmers,  anglerfishes  must  drift 
within  major  oceanic  current  systems.  Dodimead,  Favorite,  and  Hirano 
(1963)  discuss  the  physical  features  of  the  variable  subsurface  Cali- 
fornia Undercurrent  as  a  northerly  flowing  water  mass  penetrating  the 


1G4 


CALll-OKMA    I'ISII    AM)    CA.MK 


TABLE    1 

Measurements  of  Body  Parts  (mm)  and  Proportions  in  Standard  Length  fror 
C.  parviconus,  UW   17442  and  UW  18208 


If  cms 


Total  Icnjrth  

Standard  Iciigtli 

Head  length  (to  post,  edge  of  articular) 

Maxirniiin  body  depth 

Maxinmin  hod\'  width 

Least  dejith,  caurlal  peduncle 

Predorsal  length 

Preanal  length 

Prepectora!  length 

Length  of  caudal 

^^'idth  of  gill  opening 

Lengt  h  of  dorsal  base.  . 

Length  of  anal  base 

Width  of  pectoral  base 

Length  of  snout 

Interorbital  width 

Eye  diameter  (cornea) . 

Length  of  joined  portion  of  first  gill  arch 

Length  of  lower  arm  of  first  arch 

Length  of  longest  filament  (second  arch) 

Length  of  illicium 

Length  of  esca  (from  tip  of  distal  papilla  to  base 

of  oval  body — blackened  portion) 

Length  of  subcutaneous  appendage 

Length  of  white  tip  of  subcutaneous  appendage 


*  Taken  from  rie;ht  side 
t  Poorly  preserved 


TABLE   2 
Counts  of  Body  Parts  from  C.  parviconus,  UW  17442  and  UW  18208 


Items 

UW   17442 

UW   18208 

Dorsal 

7 
5 

17 
9 

2  +  4 

ca.  12 

ca.  13 

3 

ca.     G 
ca.    8 

7 

Anal 

5 

Pectoral 

Caudal., 

17 
9 

Branchiostegals 

Dentition: 

Premaxillary 

Mandible           _      . . 

2  +  4 

15 
16 

Vomer                             _    . .    . 

2 

Upper  pharygneal  teeth 
2nd  arch 

ca.    6 

3rd  arch    _       . 

ca.  12 

Total  vertebrae  (including  urostyle) 

19 

Tnnik  vertebrae. 

10 

ANGLER  FISH   IN   EASTERN   PACIFIC  165 

subarctic  region  from  the  eastern  tropical  Pacific  Ocean.  Assuming  the 
Oregon  specimens  were  members  of  a  species  complex  extending  along 
the  western  North  American  continent,  this  undercurrent  could  provide 
the  physical  continuum  for  such  passive  swimmers. 

LITERATURE   CITED 

Beebe,  William,  and  Jocelyn  Crane.  1!»47.  Eastern  I'acilic  pxpcditions  of  the  Now 
York  Zoological  Society.  XXXVII.  Deep-sea  ceratioid  fishes.  Zoologica,  31  (4)  : 
ir)l-lSi>. 

Bertelsen,  E.  1!^.")1.  The  ceratioid  lishes :  ontogeny,  taxonomy,  disti-ibution,  and 
biology.  Dana-Rep.,  (39)    :  l-27tj. 

Dodimead.  A.  J..  F.  Favorite,  and  T.  Ilirano.  1963.  Salmon  of  the  North  Pacific 
Ocean.  Part  II.  Review  of  oceanography  of  the  sul)arctic  Pacific  region.  Bnll.  Int. 
No.  Pac.  Fi.sh.  Comm.,  (13)  :  1-195. 

Greenwood,  ]\I(dvin  R.  19.")9.  Shrimp  exidoration  in  central  Ala.skan  water.s  by  iM/V 
John   N.  Vohh,  .luly-August   I'.t.'jS.  ("omm.   Fisli.  Rev.,  21    (7)     :   1-13. 

Hubbs,  Carl  L.,  and  Karl  F.  Lagler.  19;j8.  Fishes  of  the  (Jreat  Lakes  region.  P.nll. 
Cranbrook  Inst.  Sci.,  (20)  :  1-213. 

Regan,  C.  Tate.  192().  Tlie  pediculate  fishes  of  the  snhorder  Ceratioidea.  Danish 
■•Dana"-E.\ped.  1920-22  Oceanogr.   Rr|...  1    (2)  :  1    1.". 

Regan,  C.  Tate,  and  Ethehvynn  Trewavas.  r.t:;2.  Deep-sea  angler-fishes  (Ceratioi- 
dea). Dana-Rep.,  (2)  :  1-113. 


f'alif.   Fish   tniil   (hi„i,.   SZC!)  :inr.   172.   IPHf;. 


EXPERIMENTAL   BROWN   TROUT  MANAGEMENT   IN 
LOWER   SARDINE   LAKE,   CALIFORNIA^ 

HALLETT   D.    BOLES  '  and  DAVID    P.    BORGESON 

Inland  Fisheries  Branch 

California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game 

Seven  years  were  spent  studying  various  sizes  and  strains  of  planted 
brov/n  and  rair.bov^  trout  in  this  high  elevation,  oligotrophic  lake.  AD 
fingerlings  tested  produced  wery  lov/  angling  returns.  Domesticated  strains 
of  catchable-sized  brov/ns  equalled  the  best  strains  of  domesticated  rain- 
bows in  returns  to  anglers.  Both  rainbows  and  browns  produced  better 
angling  returns  when  stocked  early  in  the  season  than  when  stocked 
late  in  the  fall.  All  stocked  trout  grew  slowly,  and  >*ery  few  grew  larger 
than   11    inches  even  after  4  or  more  years   in  the   lake. 

INTRODUCTION 

From  1954  tlirough  liJGU,  Lower  Sardine  Lake  was  experimentally 
managed  with  various  strains  of  brown  trout,  tiaJmo  triitfa,  and  rain- 
bow trout,  Salmo  gairdnerii.  The  work  was  aimed  at  determining  the 
potential  of  brown  trout  management  on  waters  of  this  type. 

Lower  Sardine  Lake  lies  in  a  glaciated  granitic  basin  at  an  elevation 
of  5,968  feet  in  the  Lakes  Basin  Recreation  Area  of  Sierra  County 
(Figure  1).  It  is  48  surface  acres  in  extent,  has  a  volume  of  1,390 
acre-feet,  a  maximum  depth  of  76  feet,  and  a  mean  depth  of  38  feet. 
Summer  surface  temperatures  reach  72°  F.  The  lake  is  usually  icebound 
from  December  until  ^lay. 

Secchi  disk  readings  average  38  feet  during  plankton  maxima.  Higher 
aquatic  plants  are  scarce.  Total  hardness  averages  14  ppm. 

Rainbows  spawn  witli  limited  success  in  one  small  tributary  while 
browns  spawn,  also  with  limited  success,  over  the  stream's  submerged 
alluvial  fan.  Meager  fall  flow^s  prevent  brown  trout  spawning  in  the 
stream  proper. 

Tahoe  suckers,  Catostomus  taJwensis,  are  the  only  rough  fish  present. 

Dense  vegetation  and  rugged  terrain  limit  shore  angling  somewhat. 
Rental  boats  are  available. 

The  lake  has  a  single  access  road,  making  it  ideal  for  creel  census 
work. 

Brown  trout  were  introduced  iji  unknown  numbers  before  1927. 
Rainbows  or  eastern  brook  trout,  Salvelinus  fontinuJis,  were  stocked 
annually  from  1930  through  1948.  About  25,000  fingerling  brook  trout 
were  stocked  annually  for  the  6  years  preceding  the  study. 

1  Submitted  for  publication  January  1966.  This  work  was  performed  as  part  of  Din- 

gell-Johnson  Project  California  F-S-R,  "Trout  Management  Study,"  supported  by 
Federal  Aid  to  Fish  Restoration  funds. 

2  Currently  with  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  Maryville,  Tennessee. 


(ICG) 


LOWER  SARDINE  LAKE  BROWN   TROUT 


167 


/#^:'^ 


»».-» 


P^**^!!^ 


~-pt 


FIGURE    1— Lower   Sardine    Lake.   Pho/ogrop/i    by   Halleff   D.   Boles. 


METHODS 

Experimental  trout  Avere  fin-elipped  for  identification  and  stocked 
by  truck.  They  were  tranquilized  with  sodium  amytal  en  route  and 
were,  with  the  exception  of  one  group,  in  good  condition  when  released. 
That  group  (the  November  4,  1959,  rainbow  plant)  suffered  an  18 
percent  planting  mortality. 

The  plants  Avere  evaluated  by  an  85-  to  100-percent  complete  creel 
census.  Data  for  uncensused  days  were  estimated  by  the  method  of 
Best  and  Boles  (1956). 

RESULTS  AND   DISCUSSION 

Fingerling  Returns  and  Natural  Reproduction 

In  1954,  1955,  and  1956,  10,000  fingerling  browns  from  (i)  wild 
Convict  Lake  parents;  (ii)  Convict  Lake  stock  domesticated  one  gen- 
eration at  Mt.  Whitney  Hatchery;  (iii)  long-domesticated  Massachu- 
setts strain;  were  stocked  in  Lower  Sardine  Lake.  The  fish  averaged 


168  CAI.n'dKMA    I  ISII    AM)    (lA.ME 

3.2,  9A,  aiul  I'M  i»i'r  (uiuce,  respectively,  iiiid  cxciilually  wei'c  reeaught 
as  follows : 

Wild  ("oiivict  Lake   (BN-C) 1.6  percent 

One  ^eiici'atioii  doiiK^sticated   (1^)X-W) 1.2  ])ereeiit 

Loiig-doiueistieated  ^lassachusctts    (BN-Mass.) 2.7  percent 

Tliey  liad  been  stocked  in  Jnne.  Jidy.  and  Anfrnst.  which  should 
lia\c  given  them  the  greatest  chance  (tf  sni'\i\al  according  to  work  on 
similar  lakes  (Wales  and  Borgeson.  l!)(il  ;  IJolcs,  Meyer,  and  Borgeson, 
1964;  Boles  and  Borgeson,  1965).  'V\\r  pdoi'  overall  return  showed  that 
little  could  be  achieved  by  continninL;-  Id  plant  fingerling  brown  ti-out 
in  Lower  Sardine  liake. 

A  measure  of  the  success  of  fingerling  brook  trout  plants  was  gained 
from  the  first  year's  creel  census  data.  Despite  six  previous  successive 
annual  plants  of  25,000  brook  fingerlings,  oidy  38  were  caught  in  1954. 
Thus,  the  returns  from  these  plants  averaged  less  than  0.2  percent. 
Annually  for  25  years  prior  to  this  study  more  than  $500  worth  of 
fingerling  ti'oiit  were  stocked  in  this  water.  Expand  this  to  the  many 
similar  waters  in  California  and  the  potential  of  these  simple  findings 
on  fingerling  survival  becomes  a])parent. 

The  possible  reasons  for  poor  fingerling  returns  will  be  discussed 
under  "Competition  and  Predation". 

The  1954  census  data  showed  that  naturally-produced  rainbows  and 
browns  comprised  44  and  47  percent,  respectively,  of  the  catch  of  un- 
marked trout  (Avhich  totaled  412  fish).  Natural  reproduction  was  pro- 
viding a  yield  of  about  3  pounds  of  8-  to  12-iiich  trout  per  surface 
acre. 

Returns  from  Catchable-  and  Subcatchable-Sized  Trout 

In  contrast  to  the  poor  survival  of  fingerlings,  catchable-sized  trout 
gave  consistently  high  returns  (Table  1). 

Four  strains  of  broAvn  trout  were  compared  at  catchable  size  (the 
three  tested  as  fingerlings  plus  a  domesticated  strain  from  New"  Jersey, 
BN-N.J.).  Late  in  the  study,  three  lots  of  catchable-sized  rainbows  of 
domesticated  stock  were  planted.  Tln^se  were  the  spring-spaw^iing  Mt. 
Whitney   (RT-W)    and  the  fall-spawning  Mt.  Shasta    (RT-S)    strains. 

The  results  of  the  rainbow  jilants  agreed  in  principle  with  what  is 
now  generally  accepted  as  fact,  namelv,  tliat  higher  returns  are  realized 
from  spring  or  early  summer  plants  of  "catchables"  than  from  fall 
plants.  Seventy-five  percent  of  the  IMay  7,  1959,  plant  of  ]\It.  Whitney 
catchables  were  causht,  compared  with  36  percent  of  a  November  4, 
1959,  plant  of  the  same  strain,  and  50  percent  of  Mt.  Shasta  catchables 
planted  on  September  1,  1960  (Table  1).  The  small  size  (10  per 
pound)  and  poor  condition  (18  percent  planting  mortality)  of  the  No- 
vember 4  ]\rt.  Whitney  plant  undoubtedly  contributed  to  its  poor  show- 
ing. Annual  survival  is  so  low  for  domesticated  rainbow  catchables 
that  even  though  this  study  wa.s  terminated  after  1960  the  figures  can 
be  considered  ultimate  returns  (annnal  snrvival  of  the  ]\Iay  7  ]Mt. 
Whitney  plant  was  only  0.03,  Table  2  ) . 

The  annual  survival  of  brown  trout  ranged  from  0.33  to  0.80,  and 
reflected  the  degree  of  domestication  of  the  strains  tested.  The  survival 
of  Mt.  Whitney  browns   (only  1  or  2  generations  removed  from  the 


LOWER  SARDINE  LAKE  BROWN   TROUT 


169 


TABLE    1 

Annual  and  Cumulative  Percentage  Returns  from  Planted  Groups  of  Catchable- 
and  Subcatchable-sized  Trout,  Lower  Sardine  Lake,  California 


Year  caught 

Plant- 

Number 

Number 
per 

Cumu- 

ing 

lative 

date 

Species 

stocked 

pound 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

total 

5/20/54 

BN-C 

3,000 

7.2 

8.8 

18.8 

12.8 

5.6 

2.9 

3.3 

2.0 

54.2 

7/6/55-. 

BN-Mass. 

5,000 

4.4 

50.6 

18.9 

1.9 

0.5 

0.6 

0.2 

72.7 

5/15/56. 

BN-N.J. 

815 

5.6 

56.0 

18.3 

4.2 

1.4 

1.1 

81.0 

4/27/57, 

B.\-W 

1,315 

5.3 

33.2 

15,4 

7.8 

4.6 

61.0 

5/10/58_ 

B.\-Mass. 

2,227 

3.2 

59.0 

13.8 

3.2 

.. 

76.0 

5/10/58- 

BN-W 

1,173 

6.8 

39.1 

12.3 

5.0 

_. 

56.4 

5/8/59-- 

BN-Mass. 

1.998 

3.0 

43.1 

20.0 

63.1 

5/8/59-. 

BN-W 

2,006 

4.3 

22.0 

15.1 



37.1 

5/8/59.- 

BN-C 

2,002 

6.5 

12.8 

10.9 

23.7 

5/8/59-- 

HT-W 

2,013 

5.4 

73.4 

2.0 

75.4 

11/4/59- 

RT-W* 

10,072 

10.0 

36.2 

36.2 

9/1/60.. 

RT-S 

9,936 

7.0 

49.5 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 

49.5 

*  Post-season  plant;  catch  occurred  in  1960. 


TABLE   2 

Percentage  Return  and  Annual  Survival  of  Test  Plants  of  Catchable-sized 
Trout,  Lower  Sardine  Lake,  California  * 


Species 

Percentage 
return 

Annual 
survival 

BN-N.J..              

81 
75 
61 
54 
75 
30 
50 

.33 

BN-Mass. 

.36 

BN-W 

.48 

BN-C 

.6lt 

RT-W 

HT-Wt  (Fall  plant) 

RT-S  (Sept.  plant) 

.03 

*  Means  used  where  appropriate. 

t  Because   of  incomplete  first-year  vulnerability   of   BN-C   and   low  angling'   effort   in 

i;t55,  the  19.55  returns  were  not  used  to  calculate  survival. 
t  This  group  suffered  an  IS  percent  planting  mortality. 


wild)  fell  between  that  of  the  hig-hly-domesticated  eastern  strains  and 
the  wild  Convict  Lake  fish  (Table  2).  As  one  iniolit  expect,  the  domes- 
ticated strains,  being  more  vulnerable  to  angling,  gave  higher  returns 
than  either  the  Convict  Lake  or  Mt.  Whitney  strains.  Domesticated 
browns  eqnalled  the  spring  plant  of  domesticated  rainbows  in  this  re- 
spect (75-81  percent  returns,  Table  1).  Their  slower  rate  of  retnrn, 
moreover,  could  be  nsed  to  advantage  over  rainbows  in  waters  more 
heavily  fished  than  Lower  Sardine. 

About  one-third  of  the  returns  from  the  New  Jersey  and  Massa- 
chusetts strains  were  caught  2  or  more  years  after  stocking.  On  many 
waters,  this  would  mean  a  substantial  gain  in  weight  returned,  but 
in  Lower  Sardine  the  gain  was  not  impressive  because  of  the  small 
maximum  size  reached  (few  fish  grew  larger  than  11  inches).  The  po- 
tential advantage  over  California's  rainbow  catchables  is  there,  how- 
ever, and  should  be  tested  in  more  fertile  waters.  Such  plants  might 


170  CATJKOKXIA    I'lSIl    AM)    <;AMK 

serve  the  dual  ])iii'pose  of  j)r(i\i(liii,u-  iiiiincdiatc  " ' ]ni1-aii(l-take"  angling 
as  "well  as  larger  oarryover  troui. 

Because  of  the  growth  ])a1teni  in  Tjo-wci-  Sardiix'  Lake,  a  eoinparison 
of  u'iujhi  harvested  from  tcsl  plants  Avas  not  made.  Fish  stocked  at 
four  per  i)ound,  for  example,  could  not  malch  the  percentage  weight 
gains  of  those  stocked  at  ,si\  jxt  pound  e\-eii  lliongli  an  equal  or 
greater  percentage  of  the  former  were  taken  2  or  more  years  after 
planting.  The  percentage  of  a  plant  caught  as  carryovers  is,  in  this 
case,  a  more  reliable  index  of  its  potential  for  high  yields  from  fertile 
waters. 

With  the  exception  of  the  first  plant  of  Convict  Lake  browns,  about 
25  percent  of  each  plant  of  catchable-sized  brown  trout  was  caught  2 
or  more  years  after  ])lauting,  so  the  data  do  not  cleai-ly  indicate  that 
any  of  the  brown  trout  strains  tested  were  superior  in  providing  carrj"- 
overs.  Because  of  higher  first-year  returns  and  low^er  production  costs, 
the  domesticated  strains  appear  better-suited  for  maintenance  stocking 
than  browns  of  wild  parentage. 

Compared  with  the  eastern  strains,  the  wild  Convict  Lake  browns 
and  nearly-wild  Mt.  Whitney  fish  grew  slowly  ami  unevenly  in  the 
hatchery.  Hatchery  survival  Avas  also  less  (partly,  at  least,  because  of 
differential  cannibalism).  Mt.  Whitne.y  and  Massachusetts  strains  were 
marked  as  12-per-onnce  fingerlings  and  reared  together  to  catchable 
size.  At  planting  time,  29  percent  of  the  IMt.  Whitney  fish  remained 
and  averaged  6.9  per  ])ound.  The  hatchery  survival  of  Massachusetts 
fish  was  56  percent  and  they  were  twice  as  large  (3.2  per  pound). 
Thus,  hatchery  trout  survived  best  in  the  hatchery  but  Avild  trout 
survived  best  in  the  wild.  This  oft-observed  relationship  is  signifi- 
cant to  the  fishery  manager.  Domesticated  trout  and  Avild  trout  are 
both  valuable,  but  like  wild  and  domesticated  turkeys,  they  are  different 
animals  and  should  be  recognized  as  such. 

Many  workers  have  observed  that  the  faster  growing  fish  of  a  group 
are  more  vulnerable  to  angling  than  the  rest.  To  measure  this,  small 
and  large  members  of  the  1957  plant  of  Mt.  Whitney  browns  were 
tagged  before  planting.  Of  250  trout  8.5  to  9.5  inches  long,  29  percent 
were  caught  in  4  months  compared  to  only  13  percent  of  a  similar- 
sized  lot  of  6.5-  to  7.5-inch  fish.  This  agrees  in  principle  Avith  the  find- 
ings of  Butler  and  Boro-eson  (1965).  It  appears  that  trout  stocked  for 
put-and-take  angling  should  be  at  least  8  inches  long  or  longer  to  assure 
maximum  angling  benefits  per  pound  stocked. 

Growth  and  Condition 

FeAv  trout  greAV  larger  than  11  inches  in  Sardine  Lake.  Of  10,02-1 
marked  broAA'u  trout  measured  during  this  study,  447  exceeded  10.9 
inches,  52  exceeded  11.9,  and  only  2  AA^ere  larger  than  13.9.  These  tAA'o 
were  betAveen  19.0  and  20.0  inches.  GroAA'th  after  9  inches  Avas  A^ery 
sloAV.  For  example,  the  mean  length  of  Mt.  Whitney  strain  broAvns 
stocked  as  fingerlings  in  1955  was  6.6  inches  in  1956,  and  8.7,  9.6,  9.9, 
and  9.9  inches  in  the  4  subsequent  years.  This  typifies  the  groAvth  for 
all  plants.  The  1954  plant  of  Convict  Lake  eatchables  reached  an  aver- 
age size  of  10.9  inches  after  7  years  in  the  lake. 

The  groAvth  picture  is  even  darker  than  these  figures  indicate,  since 
condition  became  progressively  poorer  as  length  increased.  The  condi- 


LOWER  SARDINE   LAKE   BROWN   TROUT 


171 


tion  factor  of  wild  Sardine  Lake  browns  and  rainbows  fell  steadily 
from  40  for  each  species  at  5.0  to  5.9  inches  to  30  and  34,  respectively, 
for  11.0-  to  n. 9-inch  fish.  This  trend,  evidenced  by  all  test  plants,  is 
believed  to  reflect  a  gradual  approach  to  the  ceiling  placed  on  growth 
by  food  availability.  The  rare  fish  that  made  the  transition  from  an 
invertebrate  diet  to  fish,  exhibited  renewed  good  growth  and  condi- 
tion. Age  apparently  was  of  little  importance  in  determining  which 
browns  became  piscivorous.  In  1961,  trout  weighing  5.0  to  7.5  pounds 
were  recovered  (by  gill  net)  from  the  1959  plant  of  Massachusetts 
strain. 

Angling  EfFort  and  Success 

As  a  result  of  stepped-up  catchablc  trout  stocking,  catch  increased 
from  1,400  trout  in  1957  to  10,500  in  19(iO  (almost  eight-fold).  Etfort 
during  this  period  only  doubled  to  10,500  angling  hours,  so  catch  per 
hour  climbed  from  0.28  to  1.00  trout  (Table  3).  This  weak  response 
of  angling  effort  to  increased  stocking  indicates  a  relatively  low  demand 
for  catchable  trout  at  this  water.  T"^nti]  this  demand  grows,  the  catch- 
able  trout  allotment  for  Lower  Sardine  Lake  should  be  set  at  a  level 
that  will  limit  total  catch  to  about  8,000  trout. 

A  catch  of  this  magnitude  will  support  about  2,000  angling  days 
per  year  (Table  3).  The  additional  fish  required  to  raise  this  eifort 
by  1,500  angling  days  at  Lower  Sardine  Lake  would  support  over 
4,000  days  if  stocked  in  lakes  having  a  high  demand  (Butler  and 
Borgeson,  1965). 

TABLE  3 
Angling  EfFort  and  Success  at  Lower  Sardine  Lake,  1954—1960 


Year 

Total 

fish 
caught 

Total 

angler 

days 

Successful 

angler 

days 

Total 
hours 
fished 

Average 

catch  per 

successful 

angler 

day 

Average 

catch  per 

angler 

hour 

1954 

1955 

760 
3,680 
2,550 
1,412 
2,725 
4,330 
10,535 

1,425 
1,735 
2,066 
3,326 

252 
939 
915 
597 
974 
1,359 
2,269 

5,020 

7,732 

7,227 

10,548 

3.02 
3.87 
2.79 
2.37 
3.57 
3.19 
4.64 

-- 

1956 

1957 

0.28 

1958 

0  35 

1959 

1960 

0.60 
1.00 

Competition  and  Predation 

Periodic  gill  netting  in  Lower  Sardine  Lake  revealed  an  abundance 
of  Tahoe  suckers  less  than  13  inches  long  and  a  few  large  (18-27 
inches)  brown  trout.  Six  of  the  latter,  caught  shortly  after  a  plant  of 
catchables,  contained  12  trout,  half  of  which  had  just  been  stocked. 
Small  browns  are  not  noted  for  eating  fish  but,  in  our  experience,  they 
are  not  above  it  if  the  opportunity  arises.  Four  browns,  6.2  to  10.5 
inches  long,  netted  in  a  small  pond  below  Lower  Sardine  Lake  each 
contained  a  small  Tahoe  sucker.  The  pond's  suckers  were  lethargic 
from  an  infestation  of  Ichthyopthirius  sp.  at  the  time.  Newly-planted 


172  CALIFOKXIA    FISH    AND   CAMK 

ti'otii  fiii<ix'rliiio:s  might  also  present  smallri-  hi'dwiis  witli  an  unusual 
()]i]i()rtuiiity.  It  is  tempting  because  of,  (i)  tlie  poor  survival  of  finuci-- 
lings  yet  reasonably  good  growth  np  to  8  inches,  (ii)  good  cateliable 
trout  survival,  (iii)  and  evidence  of  brown  trout  predation,  to  conclude 
that  predation  was  the  cause  of  pooi-  tingcrliiig  survival;  however, 
the  diet  of  suckers  is  known  to  overlap  that  of  trout  (Bigelow,  lf)28; 
Nelson.  1955;  Macphee.  1960).  A  limited  study  of  10  juveniles  and 
15  adults  from  Lower  Sardine  substantiated  this.  Nine,  1-  to  2-inch 
juveniles  contained  microcrustaceans  and  8,  !1  and  2  contained  rotifers, 
insects,  and  annelids,  respectively.  The  15,  4-  to  9-inch  adults  con- 
tained maiidy  aquatic  insects  with  some  microcrustaceans,  algae,  and 
detritus. 

When  Lower  Sardine  was  treated  with  rotciione  to  eradicate  suckers 
in  November  1963.  suckers  accounted  for  over  70  percent  of  the  fish 
recovered  by  sportsmen  and  department  employees.  Since  the  sports- 
men selected  only  trout,  and  since  large  ninnbcrs  of  suckers  were  ob- 
served on  the  bottom  in  deep  water,  this  figure  is  believed  minimal. 
Because  there  is  evidence  of  both  predation  and  competition,  no  firm 
conclusions  can  be  made  from  our  data  on  the  true  fate  of  stocked 
fingerlings.  Perhaps  future  studies  will  be  strengthened  b}'  these  find- 
ings and  in  turn  will  help  to  interpret  them. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Joseph  H.  AVales.  Robert  L.  Butler,  Don  W.  Kelley,  and  George  H. 
Warner  gave  direct  supervision  and  advice  which  was  appreciated. 
Chemical  treatment  of  the  lake  was  conducted  by  James  B.  Richard. 
Special  thanks  are  given  to  Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  Browning,  of  the 
Sardine  Lakes  Resort,  for  their  assistance  in  the  creel  census  when 
necessary,  and  public  relations. 

REFERENCES 

Best.  E.  A.,  and  H.  D.  Boles.  lO.'iG.  An  evaluation  of  creel  census  methods.  Calif. 

Fi.sh  and  Game,  42  (  2  )    :  109-115. 
Biselow,  X.  K.  1924.  The  food  of  young  suckers.  Cdfo-^tomus  comniersonii,  iu  Lake 

Xipigon.    Pub.   Ontario    P'ish.   Res.    Lab.,    Xo.    21.    Tniv.    of   Toronto    Stud.,   Biol. 

Ser.,    (24)  :  83-115. 
Boles,  Hallett  D.,  and  David  P.  Borgeson.  1965.  Upper  Salmon  Lake  experimental 

trout    management.    Calif.    Dept.    Fish    and    Game,    Inland    Fish..    Admin.    Kept. 

65-13. 
Boles,  Hallett  D.,  Frederick  A.  Meyer,  and  David  P.  Borgeson.  1964.  Packer  Lake 

experimental    trout    management.    Calif.    Dept.    Fish    and    Game,    Inland    Fish., 

Admin.  Kept.  64-12. 
Butler.  Robert  L.,  and  David  P.  Borgeson,  1965.  California  "catchable"  trout  fish- 
eries. Calif.  Dept.  Fish  and  Game.  Fish   Bull.,    (127)  :  1-47. 
Macphee,   Craig.   19()0.  Post-larval  development   and   diet   of  the   large-scale   sucker, 

Catostomus  macrocheilus,  in  Idaho.  Copeia,  1960    (2)  :  119-125. 
Xelson.  W.  C.  1955.  Green  Mountain  Reservoir  studies  1949-1950.  Colo.  Fi.sh  and 

Game,  mimeo  rept.  214  p. 
Wales,  J.  H.,  and  D.  P.   Borgeson.  1961.  Castle  Lake  investigation — third  phase : 

rainbow  trout.  Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  47   (4)  :  399-414. 


Calif.  Fi.«h  and  Game,  52 f?,)  :  17.V179.  1906. 


TOXAPHENE  TREATMENT  OF   BIG   BEAR  LAKE, 

CALIFORNIA^ 

W.   C.  JOHNSON  - 

Inland  Fisheries,  Region    5 
California  Department  of  Fish  and  Gome 

Big  Bear  Lake  was  treated  in  1960  to  eradicate  an  abundant  popula- 
tion of  goldfish,  Carassius  auratus,  and  an  ectoparasitic  copepod,  lernaea 
carassii.  The  treatment  followed  two  unsuccessful  rotenone  applications. 
Some  goldfish  survived  the  toxaphene  treatment  but  their  numbers  were 
drastically  reduced. 

INTRODUCTION 

Bio;  Bear  T.ako,  San  B>oriiai»liii()  (Oiiniy.  was  troatod  witli  toxaplione 
in  September  19GU  to  ei'adie-ate  yolcliish,  ('(urdsaiiis  aioatus,  and  the 
ectoparasitic  copepod,  Lernaea  carassii.  Two  rotenone  treatments,  the 
last  one  in  1959,  had  failed  to  eliminate  <ioldfish,  and  a  more  potent 
cliemical  was  considered  necessar^^  T()xai)liene  was  chosen  after  a 
Icn^ithy  literature  review.  It  is  an  insecticide  patented  by  tlie  Ilercnles 
Powder  Company,  Wilminjrton,  Delaware.  The  chemical  used  at  the 
lake  was  ])repared  by  tlie  Pacific  Guano  Company,  Berkeley,  California. 
One  foi-mnlation  used  (JO  percent  toxapliene  as  tlie  active  ingredient, 
and  the  otlier  cS()  percent.  Tlie  remainder  in  each  formulation  consisted 
of  an  inert  in<>redient  and  a  ])etr()leum  carrier.  Toxaphene  was  ap- 
plied at  rates  calculated  to  result  in  jiredetenniiied  ratios,  and  all  con- 
centrations are  expressed  as  parts  per  million  (i)])m)  actual  toxaphene. 

The  lake's  fish  poi)ulation  consisted  of  about  90  percent  <i'oldfish,  with 
small  percentages  of  black  crappie,  Pomoxis  nigromacuUitus,  brown 
bullheads,  Ictalurus  nehulosus,  and  a  few  hatcher^' -reared  rainbow 
trout,  SaJ))io  gairdnerii.  The  goldfish  compet<'d  with  trout  for  food  and 
were  a  nuisance  to  anglers. 

Lernaea  were  endemic  in  the  goldfish  population  but  had  not  been  a 
problem  until  after  the  19of)  rotenone  treatment.  When  that  treatment 
failed,  the  goldfish  population  suddenly  exploded,  allowing-  Lernaea 
to  spread  rapidly  through  the  trout  population  in  epizootic  proportions. 

The  California  Department  of  Public  Health  recommended  that  if 
toxaphene  were  used,  public  fishing  should  not  be  allowed  until  50 
percent  of  trout  held  in  live-cars  in  the  lake  lived  at  least  20  days. 
This  criterion  was  adopted  and  used  to  determine  when  the  lake  could 
be  restocked.  A  control  station  was  established  at  Green  Valley  Lake. 
a  smaller  but  similar  nearby  reservoir.  It  was  operated  from  May  19 
through  July  5,   1961,  without  significant  mortalities  in  control  fish. 

DESCRIPTION   OF  AREA 

Big  Bear  Lake  is  a  reservoir  about  100  miles  east  of  the  City  of 
Los   Angeles.    It   is   in   mountainous   terrain   of   the   San    Bernardino 


1  Submitted  for  publication  November  1964. 

2  Now  with  Federal  Water  Pollution  Control  Administration,   Klamath   Falls,   Oregon. 

(173) 


174  CALIFORNIA   FISlI    AND  GAME 

National  Forest  at  <i.()7()  i'wl  I'lcNatiuii.  The  Minnjuiidiiig  inuuiitaiii 
tops  range  from  1-  to  2-thousaii(l  feet  above  the  lake.  The  watershed 
totals  36  square  miles.  Streams  within  the  watershed  are  intermittent. 
The  reservoir  is  wasp-sliapcd  wlicii  full,  with  tlic  uppci-  sliallow  area 
separated  from  the  deeper  lower  area  by  the  "narrows''.  It  lias  a 
surface  area  of  2.600  acres  and  a  capacity  of  72,400  acre-feet  at  spillway 
elevation;  hoAve\(T.  tor  thi'  past  20  years  its  volume  before  the  irri<i:ation 
season  has  ranged  t'l-oin  oiie-ijuai'ter  to  two-thii'ds  its  cajDacity  because 
of  drought  conditions  in  southern  California. 

The  fishery  is  popular,  attracting'  anglers  from  Los  Angeles  and  other 
southern  cities.  It  depends  entirely  upon  planted  i-ainbow  trout.  At 
the  time  of  the  toxaphene  treatment,  the  reservoir's  surface  area  was 
1,200  acres  and  its  volume  4,800  acre-feet.  The  maximum  depth  was 
82  feet,  at  the  dam.  The  mean  deptli  of  the  shallow  reservoir  above 
the  narrows  was  2.5  feet,  and  the  mean  depth  of  the  reservoir  between 
the  narrows  and  the  dam  was  5  feet.  The  surface  water  temperature 
was  52  to  60"  F.  during  the  treatment  period.  The  pIT  was  9.2;  con- 
ductivity was  223  micromhos  cm  at  23°  C.  Total  dissolved  solids  (104 
ppm)  showed  the  lake  was  of  the  liai-d  water  series  (Table  1).  Zoo- 
plankton  was  abundant  in  the  lake  during  the  summer  before  treatment. 
It  consisted  of  95  to  99  percent  Cifclop.<<  and  Dajjhnia.  Other  plankton 
constituents  were  green  algae  {llotJiri.r },  protozoans  {Manas),  and 
unidentified  rotifers.  The  limit  of  visibility  using  a  Secchi  disk  was 
18  inches  at  the  time  of  treatment. 

TABLE    1 
Water  Chemistry  of  Big  Bear  Lake,  September  6,  1960 


Ionic  constituents 

-Amounts  (ppm)* 

Calcium 

30 

Magnesium 

7 

Sodium 

14 

Potassium 

4 

Carbonate 

45 

Bicarbonate 

37 

Sulphate-         .                                                                ... 

30 

Chloride.   _ 

7 

Total  Hardness 

104 

*  "Water  analyzed  by  San  Bernardino  County  Flood  Control  District,  San  Bernardino. 


METHODS 

Because  of  diiferent  physical  cliaracteristics  in  the  upper  and  lower 
parts  of  the  lake,  an  earth  dike  about  15  feet  wide  was  placed  across 
the  narrows  a  few  days  before  treatment.  An  airplane  was  used  to 
treat  the  upper  lake  at  0.05  ppm  on  September  7,  0.05  ppm  on  Sep- 
tember 16,  and  0.10  ppm  on  September  26   (Table  2). 

The  lower  lake  was  treated  by  airplane  on  September  13  and  28, 
giving  a  concentration  of  0.03  ppm.  Additional  toxaphene  was  applied 
by  boat  in  the  lower  lake  from  30-gallon  steel  drums  pressurized  with 


TOXAPHENE  USE   IX   BIG   BEAR  LAKE 


175 


TABLE  2 
Dates  and  Application  Rates  of  Toxaphene  Used  in  Big  Bear  Lake 


Date 

Treated 
area 

Concentration 
(ppm) 

Application 
method 

Water 
temperature 

(°F) 

Remarks 

September    7,  1960 

September  13,  1960 

September  16,  1960 

Upper  Lake 

Lower  Lake 

Upper  Lake 

0.05 
0.03 

0.05 

Airplane 
Airplane 

Airplane 

58 
54 

56 

Small  goldfish  dying 

in  2  hours 
Small  goldfish  dying 

in  2  hours 
Brown    bullhead    in 

distress 
Small  goldfish  dying 

in  2  hours 
Many  large  goldfish 

September  26,  1960 

Upper  Lake 

0.10 

Airplane 

60 

seen 
Small  goldfish  dying 

in  2  hours 
Many  large  goldfish 

September  28,  1960 

Lower  Lake 

0.10 

Boat 

52 

seen 
Small  goldfish  dying 

in  3  hours 
Many  large  goldfish 

seen 

compressed  air.  The  airplane  simply  sprayed  toxaphene  on  the  surface, 
while  the  boat  pumped  it  below  the  surface. 

The  lake  tributaries  were  dry  at  the  time  of  treatment.  Several 
ornamental  fish  ponds  within  a  mile  of  the  lake  were  treated  Avith 
li(|nid  rotenone  exceeding'  10  ppm  to  eliminate  i)opulations  of  goldfish. 

Tlie  water,  fish,  and  phmkton  collected  throughout  the  detoxifying 
]ieriod  were  in  most  cases  analyzed  by  the  California  De])artment  of 
Public  Health,  but  the  T'.Si.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  Pesticide  Labora- 
tory, Denver,  Colorado,  and  two  private  laboratories  assisted  with  the 
analysis.  Methods  of  the  California  Department  of  Public  Health  were 
used  to  establish  guidelines  for  measuring  the  toxaphene  in  the  lake. 


RESULTS 

A  few  shore  birds  and  Avaterfowl,  mostly  coots.  Fnlica  amcricana,  died 
during  the  treatment.  The  coots  were  killed  by  eating  fish  killed  by 
toxaphene  or  by  being  directly  exposed  to  the  toxaphene  when  it  was 
sprayed  by  the  airplane.  Concentrations  of  toxaphene  ranging  from 
10  to  1,200  ppm  were  found  in  birds,  as  reported  by  the  Department 
of  Fish  and  Game  Disease  Laboratory. 

Fish  Mortality 

A  monitoring  program  was  started  immediately  after  the  first  phase 
of  the  treatment  to  determine  when  the  lake  could  be  restocked.  Dead 
and  dying  fish  were  seen  2  hours  after  the  first  treatment  of  both  the 
upper  and  lower  lake.  Fish  were  seen  in  distress  from  2  to  3  days  follow- 
ing each  phase  of  the  treatment.  Gill  netting,  rotenone  cove  sampling, 
and  beach  seining  located  live  goldfish  in  large  nnmbers  a  week  after 
the  first  treatment.  Most  of  the  surviving  goldfish  were  gold-colored 
adults  3  to  7  inches  fl. 

An  estimated  95  percent  of  the  goldfish  in  the  lake,  and  all  other 
fishes  were  eliminated.  All  fish  life  was  eliminated  in  the  small  pools 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  lake.  Xo  estimate  was  made  of  the  total  fish  kill, 


170  calii(m;.\i.\  iisii  and  c.a.me 

TABLE   3 
Toxaphene  Residue  Found  in  Big  Bear  Lake  Fish  After  Treatment 


Days  since 

Days 

Date 

Condition 

Toxaphene 

lake  was 

exposed 

collected 

of 

residue 

last 

in 

1960-1961 

Kind  of  fish 

fish 

(ppm) 

treated 

live-cars 

October  4  and  5... 

Brown  bullhead 

Fair 

Flesh 

Fat  and  flesh* 

6 
18 

5 

-- 

Flesh 

3 

5 

Fat  and  flesh 

21 

October  4  and  5 

(ioldfish 

Good 

Flesh 

3 
20 

5 

Fat  and  flesh 

October  19 

Cioldfish  (composite)- -- 

(jood 

Flesh 

Fat 

Liver 

60 

120 

11 

21 

-- 

November  21 

Goldfish 

Good 

Fat_.. 

22,5 

51 

._ 

January  20 

Cioldfish,  black 

Good 

Flesh 

Fat 

73 
250 

111 

-- 

Januarv  20 

(Ioldfish,  red 

Good     

Flesh 

Fat 

4.5 
208 

111 

March  9 

("loldfish,  green 

Good 

Flesh 

Oil 

73 
185 

162 

March  9 

(ioldfish.  red        

Good 

Flesh 

Oil 

49 
260 

162 

March  9     

Goldfish,  red 

Good 

Flesh 

Oil 

60 
90 

162 

March  9-..  .. 

Goldfish,  red 

Good       

Flesh 

Oil 

75 
137 

162 

March  14 

Trout  (composite) - 

Dead       .     _  . 

Flesh     

16 

167 

4 

Oil 

72 

Aprils 

Trout  (composite) 

Fair 

Flesh 

10 

187 

4 

April  3 

Trout  (composite) 

Fair 

Flesh 

4 

187 

4 

April  8 

Trout  (composite) 

Fair 

Flesh 

2 

192 

4 

Fat  and  flesh  combined  in  sample 


but  the  receding  water  in  the  reservoir  left  a  beach  about  10  to  20  feet 
wide  around  the  perimeter  of  the  lake,  depending'  on  the  slope  of  the 
shore,  almost  paved  with  goldfish.  The  toxaiihcne  killed  all  insects  feed- 
ing on  tills  enormous  mass  of  putrefying  protein;  tlius,  the  goldfish 
bodies  were  quickly  sun-dried  and  except  for  smell  did  not  become  a 
public  health  problem.  Attempts  were  made  to  bury  the  remains,  but 
the  job  proved  too  big.  Sami^les  of  goldfish  were  collected,  frozen,  and 
analyz(Ml  for  toxaphene  residue  throughout  the  study  period  (Table  3). 
The  live  goldfish  collected  appeared  to  be  in  good  condition  before 
they  were  sacrificed  for  analysis.  They  contained  Avithin  their  body 
tissues  concentrations  of  toxaphene  previously  thought  to  be  lethal. 

Water  Samples 

Water  samples  were  collected  in  5-gallon  glass  carboys  from  different 
surface  locations  around  the  lake  after  each  phase  of  treatment,  and 
intermittently  for  38  days  after  treatment.  Although  the  toxaphene 
apparently  disappeared  shortly  after  it  was  put  in,  we  later  discovered 
that  it  was  quickly  absorbed  within  the  lake  biota.  The  toxaphene  resi- 
due decreased  throughout  the  10-month  detoxification  period.  Apparent 
increases  of  toxaphene  residue  indicated  a  natural  cycling  in  tlie 
ecosystem  (Table  4)  ;  this  was  consistent  with  results  of  similar  work 
with  toxaphene  to  eradicate  fishes  in  Canada  (Stringer  and  McMynn, 
1960)  and  in  New  Mexico  (Kallman,  Cope,  and  Navarre,  1962).  We 
concluded  that  analysis  of  lake  water  was  not  a  reliable  index  of  tox- 
icity to  fish  life. 


TOXAPHENE   USE   IN   BIG   BEAR  LAKE 


177 


TABLE  4 
Toxaphene  Residue  Found  In  Organisms  Other  Than  Fish  at  Big  Bear  Lake 

(Lower  Lake) 


Date  material  collected 

Type  of  organism 

Toxaphene 
residue 
(ppm) 

Days  since 

lake  was 

last  treated 

Laboratory 

that  analyzed 

material* 

October      4,  1960 

Plankton 

1.4 
50 

73 
97 
1.6  +  0.5 
1.4  +  0.4 
23 
50 
13 
17 
20 
30 
16 
12 
16 
18 
17 
19 
10 
12 
12 

0 

19 

trace 

2 

2 

2 

5 

21 
114 
114 
154 
154 
160 
160 
194 
194 
194 
194 
204 
204 
204 
213 
225 
227 
258 
258 
264 
264 
264 
264 
265 
265 
265 

3 

October    19,  1960 

1 

January    20,  1961 ... 

Plankton      _ 

2 

January    20,  1961 

Plankton                          

2 

March         1,  1961 

Zooplankton . 

Sessile  algae 

2 

March         1,  1961 

2 

March        7,  1961 

Sessile  algae 

2 

March        7,  1961 

April         10,  1961 

Plankton 

Sessile  algae       __     -_ 

2 
2 

April         10,  1961 

Sessile  algae 

2 

April         10,  1961 

Plankton                

2 

April         10,  1961 

Plankton 

2 

April        20,  1961 

Plankton 

2 

April        20,  1961    

2 

April         20,  1961 

Bottom  mud 

2 

April        29,  1961 

Bott^jm  mud 

2 

May         11,  196U. 

June          13,  1961 

June         20,  1961 

Plankton 

Plankton 

Plankton               _       _       _ 

2 
2 
1 

June         20,  1961 

1 

June         26,  1961 

June         26,  1961 

Plankton 

Plankton 

Plankton 

Plankton 

Plankton 

Plankton 

Plankton 

2 
1 

June         26,  1961 

June         26,  1961 

June         27,  1961 

June         27,  1961 __ 

June         27,  1961 

2 
4 
5 
5 
5 

Laboratories  that  analyzed  material : 

1.  Terminal  Testing-  Laboratorie.'^,  Los  Angeles,  California. 

2.  Department  of  I'ublie  Health  I..aboratory,  IjOS  Angeles,  California. 

3.  Department  of  Public  Health  Laboratory,  Berkeley,  California 

4.  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  Pesticide  Laboratory,  Denver,  Colorado. 

5.  Luckey  Laboratories,  San  Bernardino,  California. 


Plankton  Samples 

Maero-plankton  samples  were  collected  dnriiig-  the  entire  post-treat- 
ment period.  They  were  obtained  by  towing:  a  conical  ^^ 2-inch  stretched 
mesh  nylon  cloth  net,  3  feet  in  diameter  and  abont  8  feet  long.  The 
l)lankt()n  samples  were  put  in  plastic  bags,  frozen,  and  sent  to  labora- 
tories for  analysis.  The  most  abnndant  plankters  were  cladocerans. 

Starting  in  January  and  throughout  the  remaining  part  of  the  bio- 
assay  program,  large  concentrations  of  Cladocera  were  observed  in  the 
limnetic  section  (open  water)  and  windward  littoral  areas.  These  in- 
vertebrates appeared  healthy  in  the  lake's  environment,  while  trout 
died.  This  phenomenon  was  also  observed  in  British  Columbia  (Stringer 
and  McMynn,  1960). 

The  public  demand  to  re-establish  the  Big  Bear  Lake  fishery  as  soon 
as  possible  after  the  chemical  treatment  prompted  an  experiment  to 
speed  up  the  detoxification  by  controlling  the  plankton.  The  plankton 
contained  high  concentrations  of  toxaphene;  therefore,  we  assumed 
that  if  the  plankton  were  reduced  by  copper  sulphate,  the  toxicity  of 
the  lake  would  also  be  reduced.  Two  copper  sulphate  treatments  were 
carried  out  in  April  and  June.  Live-car  observations  on  trout  survival 
time  after  the  copper  sulphate  treatment  indicated  that  the  toxicity 
was  reduced  by  controlling  the  plankton. 


178 


(    \l.ll(ti;.\lA    I-ISII    AM)    (lAME 


Bioassays 

llateliory-reai'cd  I'aiiihow  trout  were  used  to  evaluate  tlie  detoxifica- 
tion of  Biu-  l>eai'  Tiake.  These  1)ioassays  I'urinslied  innnodiafc  data  on 
effects  of  toxaplieue  poisoniii<i-  on  ti'out.  and  \vei-e  necessary  to  measure 
survival  times  as  required  by  tlie  Public  Health  criterion.  A  few  live- 
car  tests  -were  run  in  Xovember  TOGO  and  January  1961.  The  trout  died 
within  12  hours.  An  intensive  bioassay  monitoring-  program  was  started 
in  Marcli  IHGl.  fi  montlis  after  the  t i-eat meiit .  Live-car  stations  were 
established  at  docks  along  the  slioi-e,  and  in  the  center  of  the  lake  at 
tlie  surface  and  also  a  fe-w  feet  below  it. 

The  bioassay  program  was  confined  to  tlie  li»\ver  area  of  Big  Bear 
Lake  because  the  u)i)ier  area  had  di-ied  up.  The  toxaphene  residue  in 
goldfish  and  confined  trout  slowly  declined  as  tlie  habitat  improved 
(Table  5).  To  protect  the  confined  trout  from  meclianical  damage,  live- 
ears  were  covered  with  fish  netting  in  lieu  of  wire  netting  and  some 
cars  were  made  semibuoyant  to  stay  just  below  the  surface. 

Ten  mouths  after  treatment,  detoxification  had  proceeded  sufficiently 
to  allow  trout  to  be  restocked  and  the  lake  opened  to  fishing. 

TABLE  5 
Toxaphene  Residue  Found  in  Big  Bear  Lake  Fish  After  Treatment 


Davs  since 

Days 

Date 

Condition 

Toxaphene 

lake  was 

exposed 

collected 

of 

residue 

last 

m 

1960-1961 

Kind  of  fish 

fish 

(ppm)* 

treated 

live-cars 

April  9 

Trout  (composite) 

Fair 

Flesh 

4 

193 

5 

April  9 

Trout  (composite) 

Fair 

Flesh 

5 

193 

5 

April  10 

Trout  (composite) 

Fair 

Flesh 

14 

194 

6 

April  10 

Trout  (composite) 

Fair 

Flesh 

14 

194 

6 

April  10 

Trout  (composite) 

Fair 

Flesh 

Oil 

11 

50 

194 

8 

April  12 

Trout  (composite) 

Fair 

Flesh 

10 

196 

8 

Oil 

27 

April  1:5 

Trout  (composite) 

Fair 

Flesh 

Oil 

9 
55 

197 

9 

April  29 

(Soldfish  (composite) ___ 

Oood 

Flesh 

25 

213 

Mav8 

2  trout 

Fair 

Flesh 

8 

222 

6 

Mav  15 

5  trout 

Fair 

Flesh 

10 

229 

10 

May  19 

3  trout 

Fair 

Flesh 

11 

233 

11 

Mav  23 

1  trout 

Fair 

Flesh 

6 

237 

11 

Nfav23 

3  trout 

Fair 

Flesh 

10 

237 

8 

Mav  23 

9  trout 

Fair     

Flesh 

9 

237 

4 

June  5..  - 

1  trout    -.  

Dead  (fresh).... 

Flesh 

12 

250 

11 

June  5_     

3  trout.  _   _   _   

Dead  (fresh) 

Flesh 

2 

250 

11 

June  5 _ 

2  trout 

Fair 

Flesh 

10 

250 

11 

June  5 

2  trout 

Fair     

Flesh 

17 

250 

11 

June  13 _ 

3  trout 

2  trout 

2  trout 

10  trout 

10  trout 

Fair 

Fair 

Fair 

Fair 

Fair 

Flesh 

Flesh 

Flesh 

Flesh 

Flesh 

12 
16 

7 
0.1 

3 

258 
258 
258 
273 
273 

8 

June  13 

19 

June  13 

19 

June  28 

12 

June  28 

15 

*  All  samples  analyzed  by  Department  of  Public  Health  Laboratory,  Los  Angeles. 


DISCUSSION   AND  CONCLUSIONS 

Southern  California  had  one  of  its  driest  winters  during  the  post- 
treatment  period,  and  there  was  no  inflow  into  Big  Bear  Lake.  The 
precipitation  for  the  1960/61  winter  was  only  2.76  inches;  that  for  a 
normal  winter  is  37.66  inches.  Under  these  conditions  the  lake  lost 
rather  than  gained  water.  The  toxaphene  program  Avas  postulated  on 
the  idea  that  winter  runoff  would  dilute  the  treated  water  by  more  than 


TOXAPHENE  USE  IK  BIG   BEAR  LAKE  l79 

half  and  reduce  the  toxic  period.  This  did  not  occur.  As  a  result, 
the  lake  remained  toxic  much  longer  than  had  been  estimated. 

When  numbers  of  apparently  healthy  goldfish  were  located  in  Octo- 
ber, a  month  after  treatment,  the  treatment  was  considered  incomplete. 
No  explanation  was  found  for  gold-colored  goldfish  being  more  hardy 
to  toxaphene  than  green-colored  ones. 

The  toxaphene  treatment  at  Big  Bear  Lake  failed  to  destroy  goldfish 
because  too  small  a  quantity  of  toxajihene  was  used  at  the  late  date 
selected  for  application. 

Toxaphene  was  found  to  be  a  potent  chemical  that  should  be  used 
to  control  rough  fish  only  after  safer  chemicals  and  methods  luive  been 
ruled  out.  It  detoxifies  slowly  and  contaminates  the  biota  of  a  lake  or 
reservoir  for  an  unknown  period.  Based  on  results  of  this  program,  we 
recommend  against  its  use  as  a  fish  toxicant  anywhere  in  California. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

T  acknowledge  witli  thanks  tlu^  advii-c  and  assistance  of  Kemo  Navoni, 
Laboratory  Cliief,  Department  of  Public  Health,  Los  Angeles;  his 
assistant,  Hyman  Katz.  for  laborator>-  analyses  of  samples  for  toxa- 
phene; and  Scott  Soule,  James  St.  Amant,  Robert  Ilulquist,  Eugene 
l>e(Miian,  and  Shoken  Sasaki  of  the  Department  of  Fisli  and  (!ame  for 
their  untiring  efforts  on  the  project. 

REFERENCES 

Kallmaii,  I'.urton  J.,  Olivor  B.  Cupe,  aud  liichard  Navarro.  I'.Mil'.  1  )istril)ution 
aud  detoxitication  of  toxapheue  in  Claj'toii  Lake,  New  Mexico.  Amur.  Fish.  Soc, 
Trans.  91   (1)  :  14-22. 

Stringer,  (Jeorjic  K..  and  liolicrt  G.  ^rc^ryiiii.  lOW.  Tlirce  years  use  of  toxaphene 
as  a  fish  toxicant  in  British  Columbia,  ("anad.  Fisii  Cult.  28  :  37^4. 


Calif.  Fi.sli  anil  dawc.  52  (H)  :  180-184.  l!»(i(). 


SEROLOGICAL  EVIDENCE  FOR  INBREEDING  OF 

LAHONTAN   CUTTHROAT  TROUT,   SALMO  CLARKII 

HENSHAWI,   IN   SUMMIT  LAKE,   NEVADA^ 

FRED   M.    UTTER   and   GEORGE   J.   RIDGWAY 

Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries 
Seattle,  Washington,  and 

JAMES   W.   WARREN 

Bureau  of  Sport  Fisheries  and  Wildlife 
Hagerman,  Idaho 

Tests  with  isoimmune  sera  of  rainbow  trout,  Safmo  gasrdnerii,  have 
demonstrated  blood  types  in  Lahontan  cutthroat  trout.  The  more  uniform 
reactivity  in  cutthroat  trout  from  Summit  Lake  than  in  those  from  Cat- 
nip Reservoir  indicated  a  greater  degree  of  genetic  homogeneity  that 
may  have  resulted  from  inbreeding  in  the  Summit  Lake  population. 
Blood  typing  techniques  are  applicable  to  trout  breeding  and  manage- 
ment practices. 

INTRODUCTION 

The  effects  of  civilization  and  iiidiscriininatc  stm-kiiii:'  luivc  di-astically 
reduced  the  numbers  of  pure  Lahontan  cutthroat  li-oiit.  once  a  major 
inland  subspecies.  Through  historical  research  and  mcristic  evidence. 
Ik'hnke  (1960)  concluded  that  the  Lahontan  cutthroat  trout  of  Heenan 
Lake,  California  (the  major  source  foi'  propagation  in  California  and 
Nevada),  although  superficially  a  ty])ical  Lahontan  fish,  likely  contains 
some  rainbow  trout  genes.  Summit  Lake,  Nevada,  contains  what  Behid\(> 
considers  a  pure  type  of  Lahontan  cutthroat  trout.  The  Summit  Lake 
cutthroat  population  is  therefore  a  brood  stock  of  ichthyologieal  and 
fish-cultural  importance.  In  recent  years,  fry  survival  from  matings 
among  Summit  Tjake  cutthroat  trout  l^as  been  poor;  hoAvever,  in  out- 
breedings of  Summit  Lake  fish  with  other  cutthroat  varieties,  fry  sur- 
vival has  been  excellent.  This  difference  led  biologists  to  suspect  that 
the  Summit  Lake  strain  might  be  iidn-ed  to  a  dangerous  extent. 

The  work  described  here  Avas  an  attempt  to  investigate,  through 
blood-grouping  techniques,  the  possibility  of  inbreeding.  Research 
among  higher  vertebrates  has  shown  that  blood  groups  may  reflect  indi- 
vidual variations  of  a  single  locus,  and  that  these  blood  groups  usually 
are  resistant  to  environmental  influences  (Race  and  Sanger,  1962). 
Similar  advantages  have  been  demonstrated  in  blood  groups  of  fi.sh 
where  such  data  have  been  available  (Cushing,  1964).  Bingham  (1963) 
presented  evidence  for  strain-specific  blood-group  antigens  of  cutthroat 
trout  using  antisera  from  rainbow  trout  immunized  witli  tissue  prepara- 
tions of  cutthroat  trout.  Ridgway  (1962a,  1962b,  1964)  demonstrated 
the  existence  of  numerous  blood  groups  in  rainbow  trout  and  Pacific 
salmon  (Oncorhynchns  spp.)  by  using  rainbow  trout  isoimmune  sera. 
Calaprice  and  Cushing  (1964)  examined  the  antigenic  diversity  among 
a  number  of  species  and  strains  of  California  trouts  by  using  a  variety 

I  Submitted  for  publication  .January  1966. 

(180) 


LAHOXTAX   CUTTHROAT  SEROLOGY  181 

of  nonual  and  iniinune  sera.  They  concluded  that  this  diversity  formed 
recognizable  markers  which  could  be  used  to  advantage  in  a  number 
of  studies  relating  to  the  biology  and  management  of  California  trouts. 
Sanders  and  Wright  (1962)  also  demonstrated  the  existence  of  blood 
groups  in  several  trout  species,  and  i)ointed  out  their  potential  useful- 
ness for  management  and  bioh)gical  studies. 

MATERIALS   AND   METHODS 

Selected  isoinmiune  sera  of  rainbow  trout  were  used  in  this  study 
because  of  their  ability  to  detect  individual  variations  in  various 
salmonid  species.  Kidgway  (1962b)  presented  evidence  that  antibody 
specificities  of  isoimmune  sera  of  rainbow  trout  are  under  simple 
genetic  control.  We  have  accunndated  additional  evidence  (unpub- 
lished) supi)orting  these  observations.  Since  inbreeding  leads  to  a 
grealei-  pi'oportion  of  homozygous  individuals  in  a  population,  a  more 
uniform  reaction  may  be  anticipated  when  red  blood  cells  from  an 
inbred  poi)ulati()n  are  tested  with  these  reagents;  this  uniformity 
reflects  the  genetic  homogeneity  of  tlie  inbred  group. 

i\ed  blood  cells  were  tested  from  19  fish  from  Sunnuit  Lake  and  2U 
fish  from  Catnip  Reservoir,  which  had  been  stocked  in  years  past  with 
cutthroat  trout  from  Ileenan  Lake.  Anesthetized  adult  fish  Avere  bled 
by  cardiac  puncture.  The  colls  were  placed  in  a  citrate  solution  and 
kept  on  ice  -1  days  between  collection  and  testing.  Serological  tests  were 
made  by  the  capillary -tube  agglutination  method  of  Chown  and  Lewis 
(1946). 

RESULTS 

Of  40  reagents  screened  for  reactivity  with  the  cutthroat  trout  cells, 
24  eithei-  did  not  react  with  any  of  the  cells  or  reacted  very  weakly 
with  cells  from  a  few  indi\iduals.  Six  of  the  reagents  reacted  with  all 
cells  tested.  The  remaining  10  reagents  reacted  variably  with  cells  from 
different  trout.  Of  these  10  reagents,  6  were  pools  of  numerous  bleedings 
of  individual  isoimmunized  rainbow  trout.  These  reagents  had  been 
absorbed  with  selected  rainbow  trout  cells  so  that  most  antibodies  in 
a  given  reagent  were  of  a  single  specificity.  The  remaining  four  reagents 
were  single  bleedings  of  isoimmunized  rainbow  trout  which  had  not 
been  absorbed,  so  that  multiple  antibody  specificities  may  have  been 
present  (Ridgway,  1962b). 

The  cells  from  the  Summit  Lake  cutthroat  trout  reacted  much  more 
uniformly  with  a  given  reagent  than  did  the  cells  of  fish  from  Catnip 
Reservoir.  Seven  of  the  10  reagents  reacted  with  cells  of  either  all  or 
none  of  the  Summit  Lake  trout.  Only  1  of  19  fish  differed  in  qualitative 
reaction  from  the  remainder  with  each  of  the  other  three  reagents. 
The  reactive  strengths  of  the  cells  of  Summit  Lake  cutthroat  trout  were 
also  uniform.  The  reactive  uniformity  of  the  Catnip  Reservoir  trout 
cells,  both  qualitatively  and  quantitatively,  was  less  for  each  reagent 
(Table  1). 

The  results  of  our  research  (Table  1)  support  the  hypothesis  of 
inbreeding  in  Summit  Lake  cutthroat  trout.  The  high  or  low  frequency 
of  reaction  with  a  given  reagent  indicates  a  high  or  low  frequency  of 
the  gene  determining  the  presence  of  the  component  which  that  reagent 
detects.  Where  reactions  occur,  the  uniformity  of  reactive  strengths 


182 


CALIKORMA    Ilsll    AM)   (lAMK 


e 
« 

B 
V 


o 


c 
ee 


8 


E 
E 

3 

■o 
s 
o 


tt  a 


O  lO  O  >^  "^  O  O  O  'O  o 


CJ 

tt 

V 

03 

r, 

o 

n 

u, 

O 

O 

— « 

C-tOCCCOO"0 

o  o:      o  c  o  o  c 


-  t 


Bt 

a 

"c 

0 

u 

E 

o 


o 
o 
u 


3 

o 


u 

o 

0 


TS 
41 

»•- 
o 

B 
O 


B 
« 

at 


1-  tc  c  t^  t^  ^  "  Ci  >•:  X 


isa 


;ia 


o 

(N 


00000  0-.^*^^  — 


u 


'H  -i^  C-1  C-l  M 


00  C—  OCS*^  —  ' CI 


cc     I      CI  CI  c  C'l  c  CI  CI  CI  CI  CI 


^  C  O  C  C  '-  CI  —  CI  —  C) 


CC       I        COOC^*^^CO' 


(CJ  •-'oc  —  cci^rt  —  CO 


>-i       I        CI  CI  C  —  C  CI  C  O  -^  CI 


o 
CI 


C  CI  C  C  CJ  CI  CI  —  CI  c 


c  CI  —  c  CI  CI  —  —  CI  c 


C  CI   ♦-  C  ^  CI  CI  -^  w  CI 


c  CI  —  c  CI  CI  CI  —  CI 


-*■        I  C    CI    —    C   CI    CI   CI    —    CI   : 


cq 


—      I 


CI  —  S  CI  CI  CI  —  CI  C: 


CI   —   C   CI  CI  CI  —  CI  o 


M  —   C   —  CI  CI  —  CI   ^ 


c:  CI  —  c:  CI  CI  CI  —  CI  > 


CI    -    C    CI   CI   CI    *-   CI   3 


3  CI   -i-  3  CI  CI  CI  —  CI  o 


1         CO        I  C    CI    —    3    CI   CI   CI    —   CI  o 


!  I 

i-c     I      c.  CI  —  ^  CI  CI  CI  *-  CI  o 


o  CI  "  c  CI  CI  CI  —  CI  c 


n  c  CI  —  c  CI  CI  CI  —  CI  o 


I         CI  C  CI  —  O  CI  CI  CI  —  CI  ! 


OS".  b--*CO'CC^Cll>t^  i 

C0<rc500  —  C:  — '  —  O  I 

c-ic^c^MMcccc-r-^i-'; 


ccst^-<i<tocoe<5oi»^t^ 

tOOOSCO— '^  —  — 'C 
Ci  CI  CI  cc  cc  cc  CO  ^  -^  »o 


o 


in 
a 

o 


ilO 

c 

o 


c 

o 
a 


bxi 

c 

0) 


^ 

nf 

-i-» 

in 

O 

-d 

X 

a) 

f^ 

N 

c 

>i 

O 

"" 

<D 

OCJS 

Ih 

01 

4) 

s 

3 

£ 

LAHOXTAN   CUTTHROAT   SEROLOGY  183 

suggests  possible  homozygous  conditions  through  the  absence  of  de- 
tectable dosage  effects.  The  Catnip  Reservoir  data  reflect  a  mixture  of 
genotypes  with  intermediate  reactive  frequencies  and  considerable 
quantitative  fluctuations  among  individual  fish  with  most  reagents  that 
produced  reactions. 

Chi-scpiare  tests  were  made  between  the  two  groups  to  compare  the 
frequency  of  reactions  of  the  10  reagents  used  (Table  1).  Seven  of  the 
tests  were  significant  at  the  1-percent  level  and  the  remaining  three 
were  significant  at  the  5-percent  level.  Reagents  297  and  507  were 
particularly  discriminating  for  the  two  groups. 

DISCUSSION 

Tlie  I'cagcnts  and  t('clnii({Ucs  used  in  this  work  could  Ijc  applied  use- 
fully to  similar  problems.  Indications  of  inbreeding  of  brood  stock 
could  lie  detected  and  i-emedial  measures  taken  before  excessive  losses 
of  progeny  developed.  The  differences  in  fi-cfiuencies  of  reaction  be- 
tween the  two  groups  tested  may  have  additional  implications  for  man- 
agement. Relative  survival  of  fry  or  degree  of  interbi-eeding  might  be 
estimated  in  areas  where  both  Heenan  Lake  and  Sununit  Lake  fish 
have  been  planted. 

An  extension  of  blood-group  testing  for  inbreeding  in  hateheries 
could  be  the  development  of  ''blo(»d  lines''  where  different  lots  of  fish 
are  bred  for  particular  blood-group  patterns.  Blood  groups  have  proved 
highly  valuable  in  identification  and  registration  of  various  domestic 
animals  ( Stormont,  1958).  By  selecting  for  given  blood  types  in  breed- 
ing programs,  hatcheries  might  identify  individuals  from  various 
strains  by  reactive  patterns  of  red  blood  cells.  Selection  only  for  anti- 
gens of  red  blood  cells  theoretically  should  have  a  minimal  effect  on 
survival.  The  reactions  of  isoimmune  reagents  of  many  of  the  rainbow 
ti-out  with  most  salmonid  species  indicate  that  reagents  can  be  produced 
in  the  more  hardy  species  for  blood-grouping  work  throughout  the 
family. 

This  study  demonstrates  a  further  example  of  the  rapidly  expanding 
use  of  serological  methods  in  fishery  research  during  the  past  15  years. 
We  are  continuing  our  research  into  the  various  specificities  of  the 
isoimmune  sera  of  rainbow  trout  and  their  genetic  interrelationships. 
We  hope  that  the  results  presented  here  will  lead  to  further  application 
of  serological  methods  to  fishery  problems. 

REFERENCES 

Behnke.  Robert  J.  1960.  Taxonomy  of  the  cutthroat  trout  of  the  Great  Basin. 
M.A.  Thesis.  Univ.  of  Calif.  Berkeley.  Dept.  of  Zool. 

Bingham.  Barrel  A.  1963.  Identification  of  serological  variants  in  Wyoming  cut- 
throat trout.  Proc.  Western  Assn.  State  Game  and  Fish  Comm.,  .Tuly  10-12. 
p.  224-2.33. 

Calaprice,  John  R.,  and  John  E.  Cushing.  1964.  Erythrocyte  antigens  of  California 
trouts.  California  Fish  and  Game,  50(3)  :  152-157. 

Chown.  B.,  and  ^I.  Lewis.  1946.  Further  experience  with  the  slanted  capillary 
method  for  the  Rh  typing  of  red  blood  cells.  J.  Canad.  Med.  Assn.,  55  :  66—69. 

Cushing.  John  F>.  1964.  The  blood  groups  of  marine  animals.  Adv.  Mar.  Biol.. 
(2)  :  8.5-1.31. 

Race,  R.  R..  and  Ruth  Sanger.  1962.  Blood  groups  in  man.  4th  ed.,  Oxford,  Black- 
well  Sei.  Publ.,  456  p. 


184  rATJFORNIA    IISII    AM)   (lAME 

Rid^wny.  (Jcoruo  J.  lIMiL'n.  'I'lu'  .•iii|ili(;il  inn  <<(  sdino  six'cial  iiiiniiiiuil()j;ital  nielliods 
ici   iiinriiic   iKppulal  ion    iirolilcnis,    Anicr.    \ai..   96  (889)  :  21!)-224. 

llM'il'li.    I  >(Mii()ns(  ration   of  lilood  jii-oups   in    li-oul    aiul   salmon    liy    isoinnnnni/.a- 

tiou.  Ann.  .\.V.  A<a<].  S.i..  97  (  1  )  :  111    11.1. 

]0()-4.  Salmon  scrolo-.v.  Ann.  \{c\i.  Inl.  X.  I'ac.  Fisli.  Conini.  r.t(i2. 


Sanders,  I>ol»  G.,  and  Janio.s  E.  AN'rislit.  l".l'>2.  Iniinnno^^cnetic  stndies  in  two  trout 
species  of  the  Renns  i<(i})iiri.  Ann.  X.Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  97(1)  :  11f'>-loO. 

Stormont.  ( "lyde.  1058.  On  tiio  applications  of  blood  uroujis  in  animal  lirccdiiif;. 
Proc.  Tentli  Int.Tn.  Confer.  Ccnet.,  (1)  :  200-224. 


Calif.  Fiah  ami  <liu,ir.  52(3)  :  1.S5-2U3.  l'J6(J. 


FIRST  COOPERATIVE   SURVEY  OF  THE 
CALIFORNIA   CONDOR^ 

ROBERT   D.   MALLETTE- 
California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game  and 

JOHN    C.   BORNEMAN 
Notional  Audubon  Society 

A  California  Condor  Survey  Committee  was  formed  on  Juiy  21,  1965 
to  determine  the  feasibility  of  a  condor  survey  and  to  conduct,  analyze, 
and  report  the  results  of  such  a  survey.  An  experimental  2-day  survey 
was  conducted  on  October  16  and  17,  1965.  Forty-eight  sightings  were 
reported  by  16  of  the  69  observation  stations  manned  on  October  16, 
1965.  Fifty-eight  sightings  were  reported  by  1 6  of  the  63  observation 
stations  manned  on  October  17,  1965.  These  sightings,  by  on  evaluation 
of  the  reports,  were  reduced  to  a  population  index  of  33  and  38  indi- 
vidual birds,  respectively,  for  the  2-day  survey.  In  the  opinion  of  the 
authors  and  committee  members,  the  count  of  38  condors  made  on 
October  17,  1965,  was  the  more  reliable  population  index.  No  attempt 
was  made  to  project  the  index  figure  to  estimate  the  total  condor 
population.  Observations  of  young  condors  were  of  particular  importance 
as  an  indicator  of  continuing  nesting  success.  The  annual  survey  will 
be  continued   to   determine  trends   in   the   condor   population. 

INTRODUCTION 

The  California  condor  {Gynuwyyps  californianns)  has  aroused  the 
scientific  and  aesthetic  interest  of  man  since  the  first  si<rhtiii<jr  was  re- 
corded in  1GU2  bv  Fr.  Antonio  de  la  Ascension  at  ^lonterev  Bav, 
Monterey  County,  California.  In  tlie  1800 's  condors  were  reported  as 
far  north  as  the  Columbia  Kiver  in  Washinjrton  and  as  far  south  as 
200  miles  into  Baja  California.  The  present-day  raiifje  extends  north 
into  San  Benito  and  Fresno  counties,  California,  and  south  into  Ven- 
tura and  Los  Ang-eles  counties,  California  (Figure  1). 

In  l!).5."i  the  condor  population  was  estimated  by  Koford  (1953)  at  60 
birds.  A  follow-up  report  was  pnblished  by  Miller,  ]\IcMillan,  and 
McMillan  (1965),  and  the  fiindings  indicated  a  population  of  about  40 
birds.  This  apparent  decrease  in  birds  brought  into  focus  the  need  for 
more  information  about  this  rare  and  endangered  species.  Interest  and 
concern  for  the  condor  is  felt  nationwide. 

The  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game,  recognizing  the  need 
for  information  for  better  management  of  the  species,  invited  interested 
agencies  and  individuals  to  meet  July  21,  1965,  to  discuss  condor  man- 
agement problems.  Participants  agreed  unanimously  at  this  meeting 
that  an  annual  condor  survey  should  be  conducted  to  obtain  data  on 
trends   in   population.    A    California    Condor    Survey    Committee   was 

1  Submitted  for  publication  March  1966.  A  contribution  of  Federal  Aid  in  Wildlife 
Restoration  Project  "^^-47-R,  "Upland  Game  Investigations." 

-  Prepared  for  and  with  approval  of  the  Condor  Survey  Committee  :  Chairman,  Alden 
H.  Miller,  Professor  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  University  of  California.  Following 
the  untimely  death  of  Dr.  Miller  just  prior  to  the  condor  survey,  Ben  Glading, 
Chief  of  Game  Management  Branch,  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game, 
acted  as  chairman.  Committee  members  are  Ian  McMillan,  rancher  and  conser- 
vationist ;  A.  Starker  Leopold,  Professor  of  Zoology,  University  of  California ; 
William  P.  Dasmann,  U.S.  Forest  Service  ;  John  E.  Chattin,  U.S.  Fish  and  Wild- 
life Service  ;  John  C.  Borneman,  National  Audubon  Society  ;  and  Robert  D.  Mal- 
lette,  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game. 

(185) 


lS(i 


CALll'Ol^MA    IISll    AM)    (iA.Mi: 


Madera 


Fresno 


O 

O 


D 
FRESNO 


SaifrBenito 


Tulare 


Monterey 


O 


Son  Luis  Obispo 


\ 


O        O 

o 

SAN    V        O 

LUIST 

OBISPO 


Santa 
)Barbara 


Kern 
BAKERSFIELDd 


%     O 


O 


o  o'S-o^W 


O   VenturV 
_     O 


25 

1=1- 


Scole  in  Miles 


1°^  ''^ 


»ANTA 

l^ARBARA 
D 


VENTURA 


/ 


Los 
Angeles 


LOS 
ANOELES 
D 


yu 


CONDOR  RANGE  BOUNDARY 

•     OBSERVATION  STATIONS 

REPORTING  CONDOR  SIGHTINGS 


O     OBSERVATION  STATIONS 
REPORTING  NO  CONDOR  SIGHTINGS 

CONDOR  SANCTUARIES 


FIGURE    1— Location   of   condor   survey   observation    stations    manned    on    October    16,    1965,    in 
relation  to  the  range  of  the  California  condor.  Drow/ng  by  Cliffa  Corson. 


CALIFORNIA  CONDOR  SURVEY  187 

formed  from  representatives  of  the  partieipatiug  agencies  and  indi- 
viduals. This  committee  undertook  to  determine  the  most  feasible  survey 
method,  conduct  such  a  survey,  evaluate  the  survey  findings,  and  report 
on  the  results.  Objectives  of  the  annual  survey  are  to:  (i)  establish 
periodic  condor  population  counts  which  will  provide  an  index  to  the 
poi)ulation;  (ii)  gain  an  indication  of  nesting  success  based  on  the 
age  classification  of  birds  observed;  (iii)  obtain  more  information  on 
the  distribution  of  condors;  (iv)  foster  public  awareness  of  the  pre- 
carious status  and  problems  related  to  the  i)r()tection  of  the  species; 
and  (v)  gain  oilier  knowledge  on  condors  and  raptors  as  incidentally 
provided  by  such  surveys. 

METHODS 

Pre-Survey 

Seventy  observation  stations  were  selected  by  Alden  II.  Miller.  These 
were  selected  because  ol  their  vantage  points  in  areas  commonly  fre- 
quented by  condors  (Appendix  A).  AVherever  possible,  fire  lookout 
stations  of  the  U.  S.  Forest  Service,  California  Division  of  Forestry, 
and  county  fire  depai-tments  were  utilized  as  observation  posts.  They 
were  generally  manned  during  the  survey  by  their  respective  agency 
personnel.  Other  stations  were  manned  by  the  U.  S.  Fish  and  Wildlife 
Service,  California  I)ei)artment  of  Fish  and  Game,  National  Audubon 
Society,  and  private  citizens.  The  Cuyama  Valley  and  Anteloi)e  Valley 
areas  were  manned  by  roving  patrols. 

Two  training  sessions  of  4  days  each  were  held  i)rioi'  to  the  survey 
for  Forest  Service,  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  and  Department  of 
Fish  and  Game  ])ersonnel.  The  first  session  on  September  27-30,  1965, 
was  to  train  observer-insti-uctors.  The  second  session  on  October  4-7, 
1!)65,  was  for  training  eondor  observers  who  would  man  stations  during 
the  2-day  survej^  period.  .lohn  C.  Borneman,  Condor  Warden  for  the 
National  Audubon  Society,  conducted  the  training  sessions,  assisted 
by  observer  instructors  trained  in  the  first  session. 

The  two  training  sessions  were  similar  and  were  designed  to  acquaint 
the  instructors  and  observers  with  the  biology  of  the  condor  and  com- 
parative flight  characteristics  of  condors,  golden  eagles,  turkey  vultures, 
and  other  raptors.  A  film,  slides,  and  diagrams  were  used  as  training 
aids.  T'vvo  days  were  spent  in  the  field,  observing  condors  and  other 
raptors,  while  acquainting  instructors  and  observers  with  some  of  the 
condor  range  topography.  Additional  training  sessions  were  conducted 
by  instructors  for  National  Audubon  Society  and  Forest  Service  per- 
sonnel. 

Each  observer  was  provided  w'ith  a  set  of  survey  instructions  and 
report  forms  (Appendix  B).  Observers  were  instructed  to  record  the 
time  any  condor  observations  were  made,  direction  in  which  birds  were 
flying,  and  comments  pertinent  in  the  evaluation  of  the  reports.  This 
aided  in  following  movements  of  condors  if  they  passed  near  other 
stations.  Observers  were  asked  to  report  any  irregularities  in  the  plum- 
age of  condors  and  determine  the  age  classification  by  plumage  charac- 
teristics when  possible.  This  was  intended  to  stimulate  accuracy  in 
observations  as  well  as  to  aid  in  evaluating  reports.  Other  raptors 
were  recorded  to  obtain  a  population  index  and  encourage  observers 
to  be  more  conscious  of  those  raptors  which  may  be  confused  with 
condors. 


188  CALIFORXIA   FISH   AND  GAME 

Survey  Procedures 

The  condor  siirvoy  was  condncled  tlii^  weekend  ol'  October  l(i  and 
17,  1965.  A  2-day  ])eriod  was  selected  to  reduce  the  chances  of  both 
days  being  a  loss  due  to  liad  wcjitliri'.  to  determine  the  possibility  of 
combining  the  2  days  into  one  survey,  and  if  possible  to  conij)ai-e  tlie 
results  of  one  day  with  the  other.  Tlie  committee  chose  October  for 
the  survey  because  road  access  to  icinote  observation  sites  was  gen- 
erally assured  at  this  tiiiir  of  year,  'i'lic  l-'orest  Service  reported  that 
oi'diiiaiily  in  smit Ihmh  California  fewer  large  fires  occur  during  Oc- 
tober than  ill  Sr|iiciiil)ri'.  Xovember,  or  Dpcember.  It  was  expected 
that  tlie  Forest  .Ser\  ice  c(jukl  i^rovide  greater  participation  during  an 
October  condor  survey  with  less  interference  from  fire  suppression 
activities.  A  somewhat  better  distribution  of  condors  might  occur  in 
January,  and  consideration  was  given  to  liaving  the  census  at  that 
time;  however,  considering  all  other  factors,  October  was  selected.  The 
committee  also  thought  that  participation  would  be  better  during  a 
weekend  census  for  National  Audubon  Society  members,  other  agen- 
cies, and  interested  people. 

Communications  with  many  of  tlie  observation  stations  were  main- 
tained (lui-ing  the  survey  by  using  a  short-wave  radio  and  telephone 
network  in  i\v<<  iiiajoi'  condor  concent  I'atioii  areas  of  Ventura  and 
Kern  counties.  In  these  areas  the  observers  used  radio-equipped  ve- 
hicles provided  by  the  Department  of  Fish  and  Game,  Fish  and  Wild- 
life Service,  and  Forest  Service.  Additional  communications  were 
maintained  between  the  Forest  Service  coordinator  and  Forest  Service 
lookout  stations  by  phone  and,  or  radio. 

Observers  in  key  locations  were  contacted  by  radio  or  phone  at  the 
close  of  each  survey  day  to  obtain  preliminary  survey  results.  This  in- 
formation was  relayed  to  the  central  survey  coordinator  for  evaluation 
and  distribution  to  interested  agencies  and  th"  press. 

Observers  were  equipped  with  binoculars  of  7X  magnification  or 
more,  and  many  were  also  equipped  with  20 X  spotting  scopes.  All  ob- 
servation stations  were  manned  from  8  A~Sl  to  6  P]\I,  Pacific  Daylight 
Saving  Time,  for  the  2-flay  period.  Observers  were  encouraged  to  sub- 
mit comments  to  assist  the  committee  in  improving  survey  procedures. 
At  the  close  of  the  2-day  sur^-ey  period,  all  observers  forwarded  com- 
pleted report  forms  to  the  Condor  Survey  Committee  for  evaluation. 

Survey  Evaluation 

A  subcommittee  was  appointed  to  evaluate  the  results  of  the  survey 
and  arrive  at  an  accurate  condor  population  index  for  use  as  a  base 
figure  for  comparison  with  future  surveys. 

A  condor  "sighting"  is  defined  as  a  reported  observation  for  each 
condor  identified  by  the  observers.  Since  one  condor  could  be  "sighted" 
several  times,  duplicate  sightings  could  and  did  oceur. 

In  a  general  evaluation  of  the  reports,  the  committee  determined 
that  the  2-day  survey  was  in  effect  two  separate  surveys.  There  was 
no  way  to  determine  duplication  of  sightings  from  one  day  to  another. 
Condor  sightings  were  analyzed  for  '"ach  day  of  the  survey  in  chron- 
ological order.  Observer  comments  and  notes  on  the  reports  played  an 
important  part  in  the  evaluation  of  the  results.   When  an  observer 


CALIFORNIA  CONDOR  SURVEY  189 

reported  a  number  of  condor  sightings  and  his  comments  indicated 
that  in  the  observer's  judgment  duplication  had  occurred,  the  Evalua- 
tion Subcommittee  generally  accepted  that  jurlgment. 

Du})lication  of  condors  sighted  from  one  or  more  stations  was  deter- 
mined by  evaluating  the  reports  for  each  condor  sighting.  Criteria  for 
ruling  out  duplications  were  ba.sed  on:  time  of  observations,  direction 
of  flight,  gi'oupiiig  of  birds  of  known  age  ami  plumage  characteristics, 
distance  between  stations,  normal  condor  flight  patterns,  and  resting 
and  roosting  locations.  The  following  example  is  a  typical  case  of  how 
duplicate  sightings  were  eliminated  (Appendix  D)  : 

On  October  17,  1965.  an  adult  condor  (observation  Xo.  35)  w^as 
first  sighted  at  2:46  PM  from  the  observation  Station  19  on  Reyes 
Peak,  Ventura  County.  This  bird  was  soaring  from  east  to  west  up 
the  Sespe  Canyon.  It  passed  within  an  estimated  300  yards  of  the 
observer,  which  allowed  good  classification  of  its  age.  fStatioii  14  at 
AVest  Big  Pine  ^Mountain  lookout  in  Santa  liarbara  County,  approx- 
imately 20  air  miles  in  a  westerly  direction  from  Station  19,  reported 
an  adult  coiulor  at  3:22  P]\I.  It  was  fii-.st  classified  at  a  distance  of 
1|  miles,  moving  in  a  westerly  direction.  No  other  condor  activity 
was  reported  in  this  area  after  the  3  :22  PM  sighting  at  Station  14. 
Thus  we  assumed  the  condor  leaving  Station  19  was  the  same  bird 
observed  at  Station  14  approximately  35  minutes  later.  The  average 
flight  speed  of  a  condor  is  estimated  by  Koford  (1953)  at  30  miles 
per  hour. 

WEATHER 

A  number  of  Forest  Service  lookout  stations  in  the  survey  area 
recorded  daily  weathei-  infoi'mation  during  the  survey  period,  and 
five  of  these  were  used  as  condor  sui'vey  stations  (Table  1). 

The  weather  on  October  16.  1965,  was  generally  cold  ami  Avindy 
throughout  the  census  area.  The  temperature  stayed  in  the  high  40 's 
and  low  50 's  throughout  most  of  the  day.  AVind  velocities  were  15-25 
miles  per  hour  all  day. 

Winds  diminished  on  October  17.  1965,  and  temperatures  reached  a 
high  of  80°  F.  at  one  condor  survey  station. 

RESULTS 

On  the  first  day  of  the  survey,  69  stations  were  manned  by  98  ob- 
servers (Figure  1  and  Appendix  A).  Forty-eight  condor  sightings  were 
reported  from  16  stations  (Appendix  C).  An  evaluation  of  these  sight- 
ings indicated  that  33  individual  birds  were  seen.  The  age  classification 
of  these  birds  was :  1  juvenile,  2  juveniles  or  immatures,  2  immatures, 
3  sub-adults.  22  adults,  and  3  unknown.  Other  raptors  reported  during 
the  survey-  included  an  estimated  485  birds  of  12  species  (Table  2). 

On  the  second  day  of  the  survey,  63  stations  were  manned  by  91  ob- 
servers (Figure  2  and  Appendix  A).  Fifty-eight  condor  sightings  were 
reported  from  16  stations  (Appendix  D).  An  evaluation  of  these  sight- 
ings indicated  that  38  individual  birds  were  seen.  The  age  classification 
of  these  birds  was :  2  juveniles,  1  immature.  6  sub-adults,  17  adults,  and 
12  unknown.  Observers  classified  233  raptors  of  13  other  species  (Table 
2). 


11)0 


(ALII'OIJXIA    IISII    AND    CAME 


<u   >- 

■^  -c 

^-  ic  00  c-T  a 

l| 

O)  Cl  —  M   — 

«i 

e 

L^ 

fe      P 

1 

1 

^o 

«• 

S8S^g 

o 

t^ 

5  ^ 

E 

h 

k 

0 

J2 

«^ 

o 

s 

-*^ 

o 

o 

l-^il 

0 

c  ° 

! 

0) 

I 

^ 

1 

n 

c 

t  [  —  .-5'  ^  5 

1 
1 

1 

^ 

C   zi    i^  '^  ™ 

-r  X  —  X  00 

k 

0  m 

^  ^  "o    c    fe 

fi.>0 

0  0> 

a  — 

^ 

<«  r> 

c  •- 

Q     >i 

0 

.>■- 

•r  ' 

1 

43 -C 

X  m  o  oi  o 

£§ 

1         <N  (N  IM  <N  M 

"o  £ 

•«<) 

—  ^ 

>*.- 

^  2! 

3  -° 

L. 

(A    0 

o    o 

» 

—  '-0  cc  -f  t- 

0  0 

— 

O     IS 

^  lo  Tf<  -j:  lo 

-    -0    . 

>— ' 

E-i 

UJ       0    ^ 

'o 

o 

TABL 

Also  C 
2:00  p. 

■|| 

^  ^  i:  ^  - 

1.    4, 

ZZZxZ 

0    V 

^£ 

:§£ 

t       >  K  i: 

X    <u 

2  S'S^J 

-1  K  y.  -  zc 

l^ 

dj  -r-    0   = 
>   '   c   -   5 

I/I 

<       i-  •-  E 

2  o> 

s   c 

0  •- 

1     .     ,     1     , 

•r  TJ 

8    0 

*■    V 

M  ec 

*> 

3 

O 

c 

',     [   o 

O 
O 

o 

-  §S 

n    C3    aj 

V 

r;    r 

-^  ^o  .— 

w 

*> 

c    c    --  ^    ^ 

.i^  ^  ^  5  ^ 
^  >  '/:  X  X 

■^ 

,1,1, 

<" 

t> 

1 

l> 

p 

o 

' 

u. 

a 

1 

• 

_o 

M 

"-*j 

1 

3 

C3 
•4^ 

; 

3 
O 

o 

1 

C3 

1    '  '3 

1      >  -^-^ 

c    1  £ 

o 

■  =  &   S   H   5       1 

1— 1 

"^  c 
c  — 

o  >. 

S  2§ 

*^    r"^    t— 1 

^  fe  hl, 

CALIFORNIA  CONDOR  SURVEY 


191 


TABLE   2 

Raptors  Reported  During  Condor  Survey 
October  16-17,  1965 


Date  reported 

Species 

Oct.  10 

Oct.  17 

Turhey  vu\tuTe  (Cathartes  aura)-.                -_l-    ._ 

300 

46 

1 

1 

3 

17 

89 

7 

1 

9 
10 

1 

72 

( lolden  eagle  ( .  1  qiiila  chrysaetos) 

Bald  eagle  {HalUiertiis  leucocephalus)     _   __ 

48 
1 

CiOsh'dvvli  {Accipiler  gentilis)            _            

3 

Sharp-shinned  hawk  {A.  striatus) 

Cooper's  hawk  (.4 .  cooperii) 

Red-tailed  ha  wk  (Jiiitco  jamaicensis) 

SwaiiisoMs  hawk  (B.  nuainnoiii) 

5 

12 

61 

8 

Rough-legged  hawk  (^B.  lagopus)      _.    

Pigeon  hawk  (Falco  coluinbarius)        -        

1 

Sparrow  hawk  {F.  sparverius)        __      __ 

10 

Miscellaneous  hawks         .                   

10 

Barn  owl  {I'yto  ulha)                                                       

1 

Pygnij'  owl  {Cilaucidiiim.  (jnoma)     

1 

Total   - 

485 

2.33 

DISCUSSION 

No  attempt  is  made  to  estimate  the  total  condor  population  from  the 
population  index.  A  number  of  variables  occur  which  prevent  us  from 
projecting  this  index  to  a  number  representing  the  total  population. 
Chief  among  these  is  the  fact  tliat  tlie  condor  range  includes  some 
extremely  rugged  terrain,  which  makes  it  difficult  to  detect  and  count 
all  condors  moving  through  or  roosting  in  the  area  (Figure  3). 

It  is  imperative  that  a  survey  method  which  will  provide  data  that 
are  comparable  from  year  to  year  be  used.  Assuming  that  the  judg- 
ment factor  in  eliminating  duplication  is  similar  and  that  the  intensive- 
ness  of  survey  effort  is  roughly  the  same,  we  can  expect  a  reasonably 
good  population  index  which  will  be  comparable  from  one  year  to  the 
next. 

The  distribution  of  condors  during  the  survey  period  was  as  expected 
for  this  time  of  year.  Birds  were  concentrated  in  the  lower  portion  of 
their  range  (Figures  1  and  2).  If  the  distribution  of  birds  remains 
similar  in  future  years,  a  number  of  stations  may  be  eliminated. 

The  presence  of  young  condors  observed  during  the  survey  is  of 
particular  interest  because  it  is  indicative  of  some  nesting  success  for 
years  represented  by  age  classes.  The  age  classes  are  difficult  to  distin- 
guish unless  birds  are  observed  at  close  range.  Birds  in  a  transition 
phase  from  one  age  class  to  another  present  an  added  difficulty.  Data 
from  subsequent  annual  surveys  wall  clarify  the  significance  of  such 
observations. 

Based  on  w^eather  conditions  during  the  2-day  survey,  the  largest 
of  the  tw^o  survey  counts.  October  17,  1965.  was  in  the  opinion  of  the 
authors  and  committee  members  the  more  reliable  of  the  two  population 


192 


CAI.IFOK'XIA    I  1>I1    AXn    CAAFE 


FIGURE    2  — Location    of    condor    survey    observation    stations    monned    on    October    17,    1965,    in 
relation  to  the  range  of  the  California  condor.  Drawing  by  Cliffa  Corson. 


CALIFOKXIA   COXDOR   SURVEY 


193 


FIGURE  3— Condor  observer   manning   station   along   one  of   the    major   condor   flyways,  October, 
1965,  Ventura   County.   Phofograph   by   W.    C.   Dillinger,  Deportment  of   Fish    and   Game. 

indices.  Condor  soaring  conditions  were  better  on  this  day,  and  activity 
was  tliouglit  to  be  more  nearly  normal. 

Condoi-  sightings  were  reported  by  interested  people  who  were  not 
l)art  of  the  survey  team.  These  observations  wei-e  not  included  in  the 
survey  evaluation,  since  the  purpose  of  this  count  is  toestablisli  an  index 
for  the  (•(iiiddi-  population  and  not  to  make  a  total  count.  However,  these 
reports  further  stress  the  possibility  that  some  condors  were  not  seen 
and  reported  by  survey  observers. 

The  survey  method  of  Ivoford  (1953)  Avas  used  by  ^liller  et  al. 
(1965).  This  method  simply  consists  of  getting  acquainted  with  people 
who  are  considered  reliable  condor  observers,  watching  condors  with 
them,  verifying  their  estimates  and  soundness  of  observations,  evaluat- 
ing simultaneous  reports  of  separate  groups  of  birds,  and  evaluating 
many  assembled  reports  of  single  or  small  groups  of  birds. 

The  survey  method  and  results  used  by  the  Condor  Survey  Commit- 
tee, a  planned  simultaneous  count,  are  not  comparable  to  those  of  Ko- 
ford  and  Miller.  The  Koford  method  and  results  were  designed  to 
estimate  the  total  condor  population,  while  results  of  the  Condor  Sur- 
vey Committee  survey  constitute  a  condor  population  index.  However, 
the  tigures  gathered  on  the  October  16  and  17,  1965,  survey  were  not 
inconsistent  with  the  recent  National  Audubon  Society'  survey  b}'  Miller 
et  al.  (1965). 

Recommendations 

Seven  suggestions  for  improving  subsequent  condor  surveys  are : 

1)    To  maintain  interest  and  enthusiasm  of  participants  at  a  higher 
level,  training  sessions  for  observer-instructors  and/or  squad  leaders 


1114  CALIFORNIA  FISH    AM)  GAME 

should  lie  different  from  tlie  sessions  conducted  iui'  observers.  Ob- 
server-instructor and  or  squad  leader  training  programs  should  be 
slanted  toward  a  team  leader  role. 

2)  Improved  observer  training'  on  reporting  condor  and  raptor 
sightings  is  needed.  j\Iore  detailed  observer  comments  are  needed  foi" 
for  evaluating  coiulor  sightings.  Other  raptor  sightings  require  addi- 
tioiiid  <il)server  comments  for  evaluation. 

3)  Annual  coiulor  surveys  should  be  conducted  during  the  middle 
of  the  week.  A  weekend  survey  is  often  in  conflict  with  opening  dates 
of  hunting  seasons  and  more  intensive  public  use  in  the  survey  area. 
Man}-  volunteer  observers  were  not  able  to  devote  the  weekend  to  the 
survey  because  of  other  responsibilities. 

4)  Observation  stations  in  key  locations  should  be  manned  by 
teams  of  two  observers.  This  would  provide  some  relief  from  con- 
stantly scanning  a  large  expanse  of  area  and  should,  improve  area 
coverage. 

5)  Supervision  for  all  observers  is  needed.  A  squad  system,  eight 
observers  per  squad,  should  be  put  into  effect.  Districts  for  super- 
vision would  be  decided  on  the  basis  of  the  area  and  not  by  agency 
jurisdiction.  The  squad  leader  woidd  be  responsible  for : 

a)  distributing  materials,  equipment  and  supplies ; 

b)  manning  the  observation  stations  at  the  proper  time  ; 

e)   connuunicating  between  stations  and  survey  headquarters; 
d)   reporting  results  daily  and  submitting  surve}''  report  forms 
to  survey  headquarters. 

6)  A  rapid  reporting  system  is  needed  to  report  pertinent  infor- 
mation daily  to  survey  headquarters.  A  complete  and  accurate  daily 
survey  evaluation  is  needed  for  prompt  release  of  information  to  the 
press  and  interested  agencies.  It  is  important  to  maintain  control 
over  survey  information  to  prevent  premature  or  inaccurate  releases. 

7)  The  mid-October  annual  survey  should  l)e  continued. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The  Condoi-  Survey  Committee  wisjics  lo  tlumk  all  the  people  who 
participated  in  the  condor  survey;  without  them  this  survey  could  not 
have  been  possible.  Appendix  E  lists  the  names  which  the  com- 
mittee could  obtain  from  survey  reports.  The  cooperation  from 
the  National  Audubon  Society,  I".  S.  Forest  Service,  U.  S.  Fish  and 
Wildlife  Service,  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game,  California 
Division  of  Forestry,  and  interested  ranchers  and  conservationists  is 
greatly  appreciated.  Information  provided  freely  from  knowledge  and 
experience  by  Alden  II.  ]\Iiller,  Ian  ]Mc]\Iillan.  and  Eben  ]\Ic]\Iillan.  to 
select  only  a  few  from  many  who  contributed  so  generously,  is  especially' 
appreciated. 

REFERENCES 

Koford,  Ciirl  B.  19.53.  The  California  condor.  New  York.  X;itioii,il  Aiuliilnpn  Society. 
Res.  rept.,  (4)  :  1-154. 

Miller,  Alden  H.,  Eben  McMillan,  and  Ian  :\IcMillan.  I9G.5.  The  status  and  welfare 
of  the  California  condor.  New  York.  National  Audubon  Society,  Res.  rept.. 
(6)  :  1-61. 


CALIFORNIA  CONDOR  SURVEY  195 

APPENDIX  A 

Condor  Survey  Observation  Stations  October  16  and   17,  1965 

(Sfafions  were  manned  bofh  dafes  unless  nofed  oiberwise.  Those  marked  wifh  asterisk 

observed  condors) 

San  Benito  County 

1.  1  mile  south  oT  JJillerwatLT  Store  oii  llie  Alagyiui  liaueli. 

San  Luis  Obispo  County 

2.  Cliolaiiie  Flat  near  San  Luis  Obispo-Monterey  county  line. 
*3.  Ehen  McMillan  Ranch,  in  the  Palo  Prieto  area  (Sat.  only). 

4.  1   mile  east  of  the  La  Panza  Raneli  lid(|rs.  at  San  Juan  Creek 
road  crossiufi'. 

5.  Beartrap  Canyon  on  the  La  Panza  Ranch. 

6.  La  Panza  Kaiicli,  2  miles  south  of  Beartrap  Canyon. 

7.  Black  Mtn.  Lookout. 

8.  High  Mtn.  Lookout. 

Santa  Barbara  County 

!).  I\Iiranda  Pine  ^Itn.,  northwest  end  of  Sierra  Madre  Rid<ie. 
10.  31(d*herson  Peak. 
*11.   Cuyania  Peak  Lookout. 
12.  Figueroa  Mtn. 
*13.  Sisquoc  Sanctuary  area,  2  miles  east  of  the  South  Fork  Guard 
Station  and  200  yards   up  slope  from  Sistiuoc   Canyon  Trail 
across  the  eanyon  from  Sisquoc  P^alls. 
*14.  West  Big  Pine  Lookout. 
]4a.   Cuyania  Valley  and  Foothill  Road. 

Ventura  County 

*15.  Frazier  Mtn.  Lookout. 

*16.  ]\Iaxe\-  Raneh  in  Hungry  Valley,  5  miles  southwest  of  Gorman. 

17.  Alamo  ]\ltn.  Summit  Road. 
*18.  Mutah  \Un\d  near  San  Guillermo  Mtn. 
*19.  Reyes  Peak. 

20.  Thorn  Point  Lookout. 
*21.  Head  of  Agua  l>lanca  Canyon  on  trail  about  1  mile  north  of 

Bucksnort  Camp. 
21a.  McDonald  Peak. 
*22.  Squaw  Flat  Road  near  Squaw  Flat. 
*23.  Hopper  Mtn. 
*23a.  Hopper  Mtn. 
*2-4.  Domerguis  Ranch  in  Reasoner  Canyon  area  on  ridge  west  of 

ranch  headquarters  at  head  of  Dominguez  Canyon. 
24a.  Reasoner  Canyon. 

25.  Lower  Agua  Blanca  Creek  at  Hollister  Cabin  Camp. 

26.  San  Cayetano  Peak  and  Pine  Canyon  w^here  San  Cayetano 
Road  crosses  saddle  midway  down  ridge  leading  east  from 
peak  to  Sespe  Creek. 

*27.  Hines  Peak  area  at  end  of  road  in  saddle  on  northw'est  side 

of  peak. 
*28.  Santa  Paula  Canvon  on  trail  1  mile  north  of  Cross  Camp. 

29.  Nordhoflf  Peak. 

30.  Strathearn  Ranch  in  Simi  Vallej-. 


106  CALIFORNIA    IISII    AM)   OAMK 

Los  Angeles  Couniy 

ol.   Wliitakcr  Pi'uk  Lookoul. 
*32.  West  Liebre  Tjookout. 
32a.  Antelope  \;ill.y  (Sat.  only). 

Fresno  County 

33.  Delilah  Tiookout,  5  miles  north  of  Duiilap. 
33a.  Fence  Meadow  Lookout. 

33b.   Stony  Flat.  2  miles  north  of  Piiichui-st  (Sat.  only). 

Tulare  Couniy 

34.  ^lilk  IJaneh  T.onknnt. 

35.  BluL'  Iviclge  Lookout. 

36.  Solo  Peak,  8  miles  southeast  of  Springville. 
36a.  Solo  Peak  near  Rogers  Camp. 

37.  Mule  Peak. 

38.  Tobias  Peak. 

38a.  Lindcove  area  on  the  Mehrten  Ranch  (Sat.  only). 

Kern  County 

39.  Blue  ]\lln.  Lookout.  5  miles  northeast  of  AVoody. 

40.  Farnsworth  Ranch,  2  miles  south  of  Glennville  (Sat.  only). 

41.  Dead  Ox  Ridge  about  4  nules  south  of  Woody. 

42.  Round  i\Itn.,  3  miles  northeast  of  Cxranite  Station. 

43.  Rattlesnake  Ridge  on  the  John  Rofer  Rancli.  4  miles  Avest  of 
Oak  Flat  Lookout. 

44.  Oak  Flat  Lookout. 

45.  Breckenridge  Mtn. 

46.  Tollgate  Lookout. 
*47.  White  Wolf  Corrals. 

*48.  Commanche  Pt.,  4  miles  southeast  of  Arvin  on  Tejon  Ranch. 

*49.  Two  miles  east  of  Grapevine  Station  and  4  miles  southeast  of 
Wheeler  Ridge  on  Tejon  Ranch  ostrich  farm. 

*50.  2  miles  east  of  Fort  Tejon  at  Tejon  Ranch  airline  beacon. 

50a.  Lopez  Flats  on  Tejon  Ranch. 

*51.  Ridge  Overlook  about  |  mile  south  of  old  Tejon  Ranch  build- 
ings on  Tejon  Ranch. 

*52.  Pleito  Hills  overlooking  Wheeler  Ridge  and  Salt  Creek  on  San 
Emigdio  Ranch. 

53.  Near  mouth  of  Pleito  Canyon  on  San  Emigdio  Ranch.  (Deleted 
as  an  observation  station. ) 

54.  Ridge  to  the  west  of  big  flat  at  head  of  Pleitito  Canyon  on 
San  Emigdio  Ranch  (Sat.  only). 

*55.  Tecuva   Ridge,    2   miles   north   of   Lake   of   Woods  in   Cuddy 

Valley. 
*56.  Mt.  Pinos,  east  end  of  summit. 

57.  Mt.  Pinos,  west  end  of  summit. 

58.  Mt.  Abel  (Cerro  Noroest)  on  southwest  side  (Sun.  only). 

59.  Brush  Mtn.,  4  miles  north  of  Mt.  Abel. 

60.  Santiago  Canyon  on  Snedden  Ranch  (Sat.  only). 

61.  Apache  Potrero  on  Snedden  Ranch. 


CALIFORNIA  CONDOR  SURVEY 


197 


?i     I 


o 

O 


p 

c 


o 

TJ 

o. 

<u 

at 

> 

o 

f-i 

en 

«  X> 

J3 

O 

13 
—   o 


E 

e 

X 
0) 

> 

3 


Q       O 
Z      TJ 


O 


s 


3 


£  I 


CE 


S3 


O 


i ! 

■^     i 


c3 


> 


o 


3 


a 


198 


("ATJFdUXIA    IISII    AM)    (lAMK 


X 

Q 

z 

LU 

a. 
< 


•o 


o 
Ji 
o 


o 
a 

0 

tt 
> 

u 
S 
</) 

o 
■o 
c 
Q 

u 

o 
>. 
c 
E 
E 

3 
(A 


II 

o 

0 

0 

.2 

•0 

b- 

-t 

t- 

rt 

T3 

e 
d 

o 

(n 

w 

X 

X 

rt 

e3 

c 

c 

C 

.2 

9 

s 

:3 

9 

w 

c 

c 

S 

] 

■5 

~ 

" 

X 

CO 

? 

CO 

"a; 

0 

~ 

2 

tt 

c 

"^  — ." 

_  06 

1                                 L> 

a 

GO 

0 

~     (-■ 

"    ti 

1                      ^ 

c 

•■* 

*^ 

i- 

?-■ 

0   0 

1                 = 

0 

B 

03 

B 

>. 

^ 

;^ 

C  -^ 

^  "^ 

u 

-*-> 

<f; 

■+» 

0 
0 

0   0 

t  0 

1                       "~" 

■^ 

<1> 

, 

-« 

^0    CJ 

0    i^ 

?J 

» 

^ 

^ 

^ 

j;  _d 

>  _c 

tc 

C3 

E 

5 

:t 

:5 

■^  •'r 

*^  .ti 

•" 

T! 

■^ 

1? 

•— I 

0 

0 

c3 

OJ 

T3    ^ 

'^     ^ 

(U 

d 

0 

u. 

1   =:' 

c    tt 

0 

0 

0 

1^ 

=5 

0 

-^ 

M 

5 

r 

5 

c 

:3 

w 

-fi, 

-— 

" 

" 

~ 

" 

"Tf  :^ 

"T(  :j^ 

" 

" 

^ 

C 

0 

.^*' 

.zl 

-^ 

-M 

— " 

TT 

•  ^       w 

.z.    0 

'^ 

•^ 

•^ 

c 

X 

m 

'x 

0 

6 

X    > 

X     > 

0 

0 

a> 

-tJ 

♦J 

■*^ 

p 

ci 

0 
X 

TJ 

■^ 

^  — 

— 

— 

— 

"^    C 

"^    u 

^ 

0 

« 

t. 

t- 

bf 

tt 

bC 

tt 

U     -*^ 

-h  ** 

To 

.£? 

M 

a; 

"— 

— 

X 

X 

X 

X 

■- 

^ 

tK 

X3 

03 

1 

^ 

Ui 

; 

; 

; 

1 

0 

1 

^ 

■ 

I 

1 

, 

^^ 

— £ 

_bC 

1 

0 

L' 

1 

, 

1 

' 

E« 

0 

-k^ 

~ 

c; 

X 

7- 

— 

' 

' 

' 

' 

t— . 

1 

cj 

rt 

~ 

J— 

' 

' 

' 

' 

0 

c 

, 

X 

£ 

5 

1 

; 

[ 

o 

>, 

K 

::^ 

C 

^ 

I 

j 

-*:> 

1 

o 

•z 

r 

t: 

•*> 

S 

'"' 

1 

CO 

0 

If 

II 

' 

~ 

0 

^ 

„ 

c 

0 

* " 

t- 

_; 

1 

^ 

5  0 

■5        1;^ 

_ 

J, 

J 

-*j 

-4-^ 

0 

s 

-*J 

~ 

-^ 

L. 

^ 

^ 

3 

i" 

p 

T 

c 

u. 

t: 

t; 

'•X 

—  -^ 

■^  3 

0 

c 

3 

^ 

1 

-fci 

? 

c 

if 
•-a 

bf 

-2 

m 

C 

1 

:^ 

-S 

0 
"3 

X 

X 

zf 

^ 

^'       X 

0 

C 

0 

(K 

•x 

c 

< 

X 

,^  t- 

w      L. 

t-> 

0 

12; 

L. 

s~. 

0 

^' 

-^ 

L. 

C 

0 

0 

ii 

^ 

- 

^ 

7' 

z 

0 

- 

X 

g 

^2 

'J^Z 

cc 

X 

0 

X 

T^    ."-    I-, 

-■Co 

0? 

T 

x 

X 

r    w   t; 

^. 

Jz. 

T. 

^^ 

"-, 

X 

X 

X 

X 

,0 

0    . 

-S    • 

_x 

tn 

CC 

!7^ 

T 

f-  S   X 

^ 

= 

-S; 

z 

>, 

c: 

^ 

~ 

>. 

+i 

>, 

>i 

>. 

^ 

^  "*- 

^  "t: 

-^ 

>. 

-^ 
>. 

fM 

\c^ 

Tf 

1 

CI 

c 

c 
CI 

;?j 

2* 

CI 

IC 

S 

^ 

2 

c 

5c 

^ 

:^i 

^ 

i 

0 
0 

CO 

ig| 

ed  ti 
irati 
rvat 

_f 

^ 

r- 

^ 

-V 

— 

^ 

— 

- 

- 

— 

L^ 

c 

—1^ 

'-" 

'~ 

L~ 

l^ 

CJ 

■-^ 

CI 

^ 

~ 

~ 

CO 

^ 

c-i 

^  -S  " 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^- 

^- 

>— 

_ < 

_ 

— 

— 

.— 1 

T-H 

1-  T?    3: 

1^ 

1 

1 

1 

r  —^  -" 

T*i 

l'; 

LT' 

^ 

c 

ifi 

10 

h; 

Lt 

X 

t^ 

r- 

i-T 

I* 

t;  S 

t^  c 

lC 

c 

LC 

—    ^    O 

?* 

^7- 

■<i- 

L-? 

•^ 

rr 

C( 

r— 

— • 

CI 

i-C 

CI 

CJ 

-r 

^ 

^- 

ro 

CO 

^  S-3 

wi 

~ 

3; 

* 

^ 

C-1 

tC 

;^ 

3 

^- 

1— 

— H 

—    L~ 

^-  ic 

>— ■ 

1— ' 

•-H 

C 

^ 

c 

^' 

r— 

'"' 

^" 

r— 

"" 

'"' 

'" 

'"' 

■~ 

~~ 

^" 

■"^ 

T—     ^H 

.— C     1-^ 

'"' 

*~" 

*"* 

L. 

O 

—  ^"E 

^_ 

C^l 

re 

-t 

Lt 

w 

r^ 

X 

c 

— 

— 

CI 

re 

-^ 

1" 

:£; 

r-  X 

c  0 

1—1 

C3 

CO 

■~t  _—  ~ 

_- 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

—  -^ 

—   CI 

cq 

C4 

tN 

y-           7~ 

"" 

i  =  2 

-< 

*r; 

O  >  "S 

cc 

cc 

-— 

— 

TJ 

w 

— ■ 

r^ 

c^ 

CI 

•^ 

— 

t^ 

r- 

•_^ 

r- 

' —  0 

—    Q 

0 

CC 

CT 

CJ 

a 

'>i 

T^J 

Ci 

^- 

L'T 

ci 

c'l 

CI 

— 

L" 

■^ 

■^ 

— 

Cl 

10    L-^ 

i-C  0 

•— ! 

l— ' 

.—1 

• 

1 

1 

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 

; 

; 

1 
1 
1 

1 
1 
1 

1 

_o 

' 

' 

• 

' 

V- 

1 

1 

O    =3 

. 

1 

1 

a  " 

1 

1 

<:.=5 

' 

' 

< 

' 

' 

(n 

0 

en 

L^ 

^ 

1 

1 

c; 

■J 

1 

~ 

r 

r 

u 

>«-> 

-M 

■*-> 

c 

*j 

.^j 

c 

,^ 

fcj 

rt 

^_j 

«_ 

c 

^ 

'V 

-a 

'C 

i 

■^ 

— 

c 

-^ 

-^ 

— 

-3 

~^ 

< 

<rt 

<-, 

•^ 

< 

< 

tJ 

< 

< 

■^ 

< 

< 

fc*   t^ 

o   <^ 

-^-2 

■-H 

<N 

CO 

•^ 

^t' 

^ 

t- 

K 

*- 

c; 

— 

CI 

c  c 

o  s 

o  a 

CALIFORNIA  CONDOR  SURVEY 


199 


o 

t/3 


tao 


c 

o 


to 
c 


T3  " 


J2 


« 


J3 


O 
-3 


tr 

A 


C 
CS 

o 

5 

A 


u 

M 


ti) 


CO 


a! 


PQ 


m 


c  o 


z.      z      ^ 


01 

,  ^ 

o 
c 


Z        Z         til 


3 


o 

t/3 


ii      :::      7 


— 

c   « 

Q 

0 

,  -t^ 

^ 

o 

C    =3 

(C 

c 

r 

it 

2  ti 

0 

11 

CO 

0^ 

,i 

0  ■- 

0 

r^ 

s 

0    0 

^ 

w 

X  C 

X 

rr.  X 

tc 
Si 


o5 

-3 

O     w 

o 

w 

w 

tn 

M 

'r. 

o: 

o 

JS    'r. 

.  «> 

■J    en 

o 

r::  c 

c 

o 

O   _ 

o 

00 

-J\  -^t 

:^ 

:s: 

00 

X 

— 

- 

C 
CI 

o 

35 

1 

- 

- 

Cl 

-j-^ 

- 

S  \f< 

:s; 

o 

o 

X  M 

lO 

L-; 

i-C 

i-C 

lO 

»c 

r-  Lc 

•^  ^ 

-t* 

o 

C  TO 

CO 

CC 

, 1 

_ 

■* 

f-H 

M 

C  t~ 

(M 

Cl 

CC 

"T' 

lO 

lO 

—d 

— 

f— t 

'"' 

,— .  --4 

T  """ 

lO 

t- 

CC  o 

— 

^ 

„ 

1* 

»* 

«c 

>c 

o 

.- 

^ 

— 

-0 

i-C   t^ 

^— 

X  -f 

CC   C) 

X 

CO 

■f: 

O  M 

o 

c 

r— 

w~^ 

^ 

^ 

~ 

o 

o 

r-^ 

^M 

CC 

-* 

'C 

>— ' 

»c 

CO  t^ 

■M 

Cl 

Cl 

Zf 

CC 

CC 

^ 

Vi 

CC 

CC 

- 

2 

- 

;3 12 

- 

CO   CO 

i:  ^ 

^ 

T« 

>o 

cr  r~ 

QC 

-+• 

to 

r- 

X 

—    Cl 

-T   i.C 

cr  r^ 

X 

(N 

Cvj 

Cl  "N 

C4 

■M 

CC 

CC 

CC 

CC 

CC 

CC 

CC 

CC 

CC 

-r  -r 

-T   T? 

-r  -rr 

< 

^ 

^ 

•<• 

^ 

— . 

w 

CC   -^ 

tr^ 

c; 

c 

w 

CC 

r^ 

Cl 

— 

— > 

X 

X 

Cl 

CC 

CO  LC 

I.C 

CC  CC 

CC   CC 

r^ 

Cl    CJ 

t.-: 

lO 

».c 

C! 

Cl 

Cl 

CJ 

iC 

Cl  Cl 

1 
1 

i 

1 

; 

I 

; 

1 

; 

I 

1 

1 

' 

' 

' 

' 

1 

' 

^ 

^ 

[ 

, 

1 

, 

1 

( 

1 

= 

H 

; 

1 

1 
1 

1 

' 

' 

- 

.'^ 

1 

1 

; 

1 
1 

1 

1 

L-. 

u 

' 

t 

-^ 

•4^ 

c 

1 

— 

c 

u 

3 

— 

> 

c 

c 

— 

^ 

•z 

1 

1 

^ 

-3 

0 

•:: 

■" 

"3 

^ 

^ 

£ 

^ 

•*j 

_^ 

^^ 

,i_! 

> 

< 

X 

m 

t3 

< 

■< 

< 

"^ 

-: 

X 

<; 

< 

< 

<^ 

K^ 

< 

< 

— 

*r; 

< 

< 

n 

•* 

LI 

t- 

X 

Cl 

CC 

**4 

>o 

r^ 

X 

o 

CI 

f^ 

CJ 

?^ 

Cl 

Cl 

Cl 

Cl 

Cl 

M 

Cl 

Cl 

CC 

CC 

200 


r  \I.11-()1;\IA    I'TSII    AXD    GAME 


5  S  — 

cv 

M 

C     O 
C3    > 

:rj 

~   o;   u 

C: 

^ 

-a 
9 

crT 

05 

o 

t     4) 

05 

ty, 

.— 

^    c 

.-  X    a. 

i>J 

■  « 

.-,. 

00 

.-^     0) 

t^" 

c  -c  — 

- 

« 

-IZ  '  -' 

1^ 

as   ij 

n 

'C 

cS  -T3  'c; 

cT 

« 

'^' 

m    5- 

w 

»^ 

^i-^ 

£  C 

-r 

S   i    i: 

ii 

r-h 

QJ     C 

■T 

tC 

*^ 

^  -^ 

T! 

■*-' 

^ 

X 

« 

U 

■-- 

^13 

£ 

>   =  •:; 

I" 

•^ 

C'    ~    ^ 

c 

^ 

u 

>i 

0  , 

-*-.»- 

f 

■^  c. 

'w 

'■J 

-' 

-^ 

c 

"^ 

■"  ij 

■'J 

=  tl 

— 

c  ^ 

c 

.J  ^  ■=■ 

c 

— 

d 

c 

K  —   5^ 

c 

tl  '^ 

<.^ 

Z    M   ° 

C^ 

X 

bf 

t; 

,'^ 

s 

U:    = 

^- 

till 
o\in 
on  o 

^ 

■5 

~ 

«^  2  o 

E- 

'C 

n 

£■ 

■^ 

£• 

^  c  > 

^ 

0 

— 

C  X 

b- 

■^ 

.^ 

^ 

V 

t^ 

c  a; 

t4 

C    -~'J 

0 

D 

tl 

zL 

^ 

_ 

CJ; 

5; 

tc 

,_■ 

*— ' 

?   o 

-t 

,_H 

^ 

,_( 

"TJ 

U 

o 

.r; 

,_ 

'^ 

o  0 

^  I— ( 

'-' 

O 

y.'  fci 

a 

^ 

•- 

ti£ 

0 

■^ 

^ 

0 

M  1° 

■"  •-' 

JZ  t*-     t- 

■^' 

-^^ 

•'^ 

t(-H 

-^ 

-^ 

^ 

T* 

X 

U,  T1 

;t  c  c 

^ 

:l 

c   o 

'^ 

n 

M   0    O 

r. 

tr 

O 

o 

'  ' 

bf' 

0    0 

e 

■^  t :; 

.— 

r5 

X 

^H       ^j 

03 

''^  t:  H 

o 

X 

C3 

CO 

** 

O 

C3 

(C 

^   ^ 

^^ 

o 

O 

— 

P-   5 

o 

O 

■H£5 

n 

o 

r—. 

03 

::; 

r, 

O 

Tl 

«  r 

n  C 

I,  --1    0 

b. 

-*-> 

o 

U 

^  0 

3- 

PC 

pi; 

ffl 

X 

Q 

Z 

UJ 

a. 
< 


C    C 
o    o>    c 


C    C 


o 

"O 

c 
o 
u 


E 
E 

3 


^~*    cc    " 

::?^ 

:^ 

:^^:^ 

:^ 

::?! 

= 

:s: 

:s:^ 

= 

0 

::?' 

:f 

= 

:s5 

\«  p 

— 

1—  ^- 

1— t 

1— ( 

.— * 

*"• 

y-f 

'"' 

cc 

'"' 

*~" 

^~^ 

^H  ^- 

^H    r— 

GJ            '- 

.si. 2 

^sB 

C-. 

a 

OS 

^ 

c. 

•rr 

tP 

•* 

T« 

Tf 

<"  =  fe 

CM 

(N 

(N 

(Si 

(M 

t:  -c  K 

1 

1 

1 

[ 

1 

£  —  -— 

>c 

w 

£  =■- 

0 

— ; 

t^ 

^« 

r— 

"Z". 

^ 

0 

Cl 

t~ 

C3  t- 

o>  t^ 

»o 

0  -^ 

C' 

Tf 

C 

— 

CC' 

0 

"      Tf 

■-H     Tj" 

cc 

00 

c^  c; 

c: 

o; 

CI 

T 

* 

01 

-r 

Ol 

6> 

0     C) 

a-,  oi 

c 

^ 

0  c 

C 

0 

^^ 

^" 

c 

0 

0 

c 

0     — 

C    -H 

Cm 

-ti-                 "^ 

— 

Cl 

c-t  -t< 

Lt 

w 

t- 

CC: 

-. 

^ 

^ 

fTi 

cc 

^ 

LC 

C     t^ 

X  c: 

^       S 

" 

=!■  s  g 

Q      C      0 

cc  "H  V- 

" — ' 

^- 

•—  >— 

>— 1 

— 

^ 

C 

^- 

r— ' 

0 

C 

1-H 

1 — 1 

0 

—  c 

—  C 

-^   ^    C3 

0 

tC' 

L-    IC. 

L" 

0 

•0 

to 

0 

10 

lO 

Lt 

lO 

lO 

>c 

>o  10 

*n  0 

c  >^ 

C 

J 

_o 

1 

1 

V> 

0)    rt 

1 

^.i 

s 

c 

1 

13 

_2 

^ 

^J 

0 

c 

~*^ 

-tJ 

0) 

> 

-^ 

3 

0 

"TJ 

Tj 

z: 

'^ 

-5 

•a 

s 

< 

< 

t* 

< 

< 

I-? 

<; 

D 

u   t~< 

0  aj 

T3  J3 

>— 1 

CJ 

M 

'I" 

10 

to 

t- 

00 

S  6 

0     5 

0  C 

CALIFORNIA  CONDOR  SURVEY 


201 


c   ^   ^ 

=  s  ?, 


"53 


c  — 


o 


.2  J  J  ^~" 

~  "5  "3  '-=' 

0!     5  -^       - 

»:   o   £;  f 
■^£  IS    £ 

5 


'C  >   9  — 


£  a 


o 

u 


p  o  ^  ^■ 


M  O    O  ■-    c 

-C  «  s  o  o 


cs 


°  2 

0)     B 


oo 


=  .S  c    • 

n  2  £  0 

5    ~  M 

-5    P  O  —     . 

s  « £  r  r 

■"  r  *"  -2  5 

T3  ««  =    O    "- 


o 
o  2 


tc  b!s 

U  bD 

c  a 

c   = 

:=  :s  M 

:=  :=   b£ 

o    o    c 

O      w      C 

oo 


(C 

-^ 

5 

x" 

O 

^ 

o 

t^ 

5! 

•^ 

o 

rr^ 

«3 
0 

5 

03 

»o 

O 

U. 

-rr 

^ 

tri 

^. 

0 

0 

*^ 

O 

o 

tE 

o 

o 

> 

0 

> 

n 

i 

S 

V. 

■^ 

5 

« 

-^ 

r, 

tx 

0 

♦^ 

o 

-— 

•*-> 

4-> 

•~" 

-a 
c 
o 


-3 
c 
o 


5 


o 


EC     a 


•    O 

a: 


a 
o 


s 

01 

e 


CO 


"T 

-3 

o 

.3i 

.i 

S3 

•■* 

•*^ 

-*j 

-*J 

« 

o 

O 

Gj 

CJ 

o 

o 

o 

. 

, 

, 

c^ 

o 

c^ 

o 

C 

c 

C 

0 

0 

c 

C 

0 

o 

c 

0 

r" 

-^ 

■^ 

■^ 

— « 

-3 

.*- 

-^ 

-3 

tc 

tc 

Zi 

o 

o 

1) 

aj 

o 

o 

(U 

« 

a, 

M 

— 

— 

rr 

? 

1^ 

1^ 

tl 

M 

SC 

M 

M 

tc 

tt 

uo 

X 

cc 

K 

eft 

Ol 

02 

Ct 

CC' 

ffl 

a 

33 

1 

d 

a 

»> 

s 

■w 

s 

o 

o 

c. 

b 

^ 

■§ 

a 

« 

!?> 

:^ 

to 

c 

-0 

> 

.CO 

o 

;  o 

u 

^ 

_E 

« 

■4J 

« 

u 

t) 

O 

0 

1    !n 

<R     QQ 

c 

o 

^   c^ 

s;  c 

m 

0 

5 

tfi 

^ 

cc    > 

O    j; 

CO 

5 

s 

3 

00 

o 

c 

u 

o 

tf 

o 

u 

i5 

5  o 

II 

=3 

■5  ■« 

—     CO 

+^ 


o 
c 

a 


5~ 


o 
c 

c 


ti  _2 


r^    ^ 


—        -73        —         C         >.         >i 

S       E       5      "c      <=>      <= 
c-i       ■*       'J"       ^       ec       ro 


C^ 

■3 

Jc^ 

^.   >-. 

42^ 

i 

1 

CI   ^^ 

C   lO 

g:?! 

o» 

S5 

OS 

CO 

o 

CC 

C-. 

o 

•* 

■>!»< 

•<1< 

-* 

o 

cc 

(M 

(N 

(N 

o 

c 

r-H 

r— « 

I-* 

»— < 

'— ' 

»— 

-^ 

ca  t- 

<3i  t- 

o 

t^ 

^ 

•c 

Ifl 

^ 

c 

o 

IC 

_, 

CO 

•^ 

1-0 

c 

o 

—  Cl 

—1  •* 

rt  rl< 

C^l 

1> 

o 

■^ 

CI 

o 

c 

■n- 

■^ 

O  CI 

03  (N 

OS  N 

(M 

'T 

OS 

o 

o 

c 

o 

o 

o 

^- 

^H 

^H 

•r 

(N  CI 

O  - 

O  -1 

o 

I— ( 

o 

•"■ 

^~* 

""^ 

""^ 

""^ 

•"■ 

.— 1  »— 

o  -• 

ct  ^5 

T)" 

lO 

;i 

t~ 

X 

C3 

o 

CI 

r; 

•n* 

lO 

cc 

or 

o  -- 

(N  (N 

N  e^ 

c^ 

<N 

Cl 

~< 

C-l 

CM 

ro 

TO 

cc 

cc 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO' 

CO 

CO 

~r  -t 

-r- 

—  O 

^  c 

J^ 

<-) 

^ 

-f 

^- 

^^ 

».o 

CI 

C) 

^^ 

^o 

CO 

or 

t— 1 

C-. 

~ 

3".  O 

iC  lO 

lO  u; 

•o 

>o 

o 

c^ 

C-4 

o 

lO 

o 

CI 

CI 

CI 

Tf    LO 

c  =  c  = 

&  s  s  '? 

o  S  0  5 

c  c  c  = 

c  "c  "c  "c 

p  ^  ^  t* 


5        "3 


CJ  Cl 


CI 

C4 


CO 


202 


(•  \l,ll'(il>'\  lA     I  ISII     AM)    CAM  K 


X 

Q 

z 

UJ 

a. 
< 


« 

a 


c 
o 
u 
I 
■n 

» 


o 

w 

O 


o 

a 

V 

>. 

0) 

> 

k 
D 
(A 

O 
"O 
C 
O 

u 


s 
E 
E 

3 


■a 


«D 

'0 

CI 

C) 

i. 

kl 

c 

o 

o 

o 

•:3 

■w 

■^ 

c 

a 

03 

o 

o 

o 

Cj 

0} 

X 

s 

■r 

'r* 

C3 

"" 

•^ 

to 
c 


o 

o 

o 

o 

T3 

T3 

T) 

73 

C 

C 

c 

CI 

o 

O 

o 

c 

c 

o 

o 

o 

X 

- 

s: 

,- 

_-^ 

*^ 

^ 

*J 

^ 

^ 

•^ 

^ 

'' 

■* 

•* 

'' 

tr 

to 

tf 

to 

_c 

c 

c 

c 

to 


•a 

s 


-3 
o 


tc 


tc 


-c 

-0 

-T3 

T) 

c     . 

c     . 

C     . 

C      . 

a  oi 

o!  (M 

rt  <M 

03  -^ 

CO 

TO 

CO 

CO 

9, -v.. 

c  c 

c  d 

c  c 

c  c 

0    c3 

0   s 

C    C3 

0    C3 

■3  j;^ 

l^S 

-C  S 

j:  c^ 

X  en 

be  CO 

M-M 

bC<M 

bi'M 

tc 

m 

M 

CO 

c 
o 

■3 


-3 


J3 


bD 


bO 


to 


^       w 


tr 
c 


o 
be 


o 
bO 


o 


o     u     o 


o 


o 


o 


o 


T3    O 


S    C    CI 
.§    0.2 


C)     "     t^ 


0;    C!  , 


P4 


+ 


o 

o  ■ 


o 
o 

CO 


CI  -^ 


o 


-3 


-iJ 

— ii 

'-^ 

T) 

•;2 

-d 

o 

>> 

c 

>i 

c 

c 

o 

^ 

o 
o 

^^ 

CO 

•—I 

CO 

O  CO  *t 

CI   CI  C) 


-r 
ci 


T— 1 

CO 

T— 1 

o 

TO 

O 

o 

o 

TO 


o 

TO 


TO 


«0  CI 
-t"  CI 


o 


o 

o 


lO  CO 
TO  TO 
O         CD 


;S  tr-Q 


Cl  TO 


CD 


o 


Cl 

TO 

Tf  lO 

CD 

t^ 

no 

lO 

lO 

•O  lO 

lO 

UO 

lO 

O 


o3    o3 


o  o 

o 

o 

TO 

TO 

t^ 

lO  lO 

lO 

LO 

Cl 

Cl 


Cl 


lO  r^    ^^  ^H 


Cl 

C»3 


-T3 


Cj 


O    ^ 


Cl 


Cl 


1^ 

Cl 


Cl 


Cl 

TO 


TO 


00 

TO 


CALIFORNIA   CONDOR  SURVEY 


203 


APPENDIX   E 


Observers  Participating  in  Condor 

A.  Warren  Ahlstrom,  Sacramento,  Calif. 

Minnie  Barkley,  Woodlake,  Calif. 

Tony  Barton,  Miramonte,  Calif. 

Mr.    &    Mrs.    Harold    Baxter,    Arcadia. 
Calif. 

Grant  H.  Birmingham,  Fresno,  Calif. 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  Robert  Blackstone,  I.os  An- 
geles, (\ilif. 

John  Blake,  San  Luis  Oljispo,  Calif. 

John  f'.  liorneman,  Ventura.  Ciilif. 

Joe  Burnett,  Tulare,  Calif. 

Mr.   &  Mrs.   Herbert   Clarke    ( Jlciidal.'. 
Calif. 

Eugene  Cofer,  Bakersfi(dd,  Calif. 

G.  B.  Coigny,  Miramonte.  Calif. 

Fred  L.  Cook,  Sacramento.  Calif. 

Leslie  Cook,  Carpinteria,  Calif. 

Ray  Dalen,  Santa  Barbara.  Calif. 

Merritt  S.  Dunlap,  Clen.lale,  Calif. 

Gene  Durney,  Solvang.  Calif. 

Robert  ICaston.  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 

A.  W.  Elder,  Pasadena,  Calif. 

Evalyn  Farnesworth.  T'orterville.  Calif. 

James  Fazio,  Newhall,  Calif. 

John  Feazelle.  Frazier  I'lirk,  (^ilif. 

Reno  Ferreri,  San  Luis  (Jbispo,  Calif. 

Robert  G.  Fischer,  Taft,  Calif. 

Leon  Fisher,  Ojai,  Calif. 

Robert  L.  Fordice.  Orcutt.  Calif. 

George  Franldin.  I'orterville.  (^alif. 

Gene  Tj.  (Jerdes,  Monterey,  Calif. 

Ken  Gouff,  Ojai,  Calif. 

Walter  Charles  Graves,  Bakersfield, 
Calif. 

James  (ireenhill,  Ojai,  Calif. 

Charles  G.  Hansen,  Las  Vegas,  Nevada 

T.  L.  Hansen,  New  Cuyama,  Calif. 

Charles  Harper 

William  J.  Harvev,  Santa  Barbara, 
Calif. 

Harry  Hayden,  Santa  Maria.  Calif. 

Thomas  Hoots,  Frazier  Park,  Calif. 

Betty  Hudson,  New  Cuyama.  Calif. 

James  W.  Huffman,  ]Manhattan  Beach, 
Calif. 

Thomas  Ingersoll,  Frazier  Park,  Calif. 

Norval  J.  Jeffries,  Yucca  Valley,  Calif. 

Betty  Jenner,  Los  Angeles.  Calif. 

Laura  Lou  Jenner,  Los  Angeles,  Calif. 

Roger  A.  Johnson,  Frazier  Park,  Calif. 

Ed  Jones,  Fresno,  Calif. 

Lenard  Jordan,  New  Cuyama,  Calif. 

Dale  B.  King,  Sr.,  Piru,  Calif. 


Survey  October  16  and  17,  1965 

Richard  Kramer,  San  Juan  Capistrauo, 
Calif. 

Holger  S.  Larsen,  Pasadena,  Calif. 

Tamsen  Lilly,  San  Luis  Obispo,  Calif. 

John  A.  Lorenzana.   Santa  P.arbara, 
Calif. 

John  ^Laggini,  King  City,  Calif. 

Robert  D.  Mallette,  Sacramento,  Calif. 

Mv.  &   Mrs.   Vernon   ^Lingold   and   Ste- 
fanie  Mangold,  Los  Angeles.  Calif, 

William  W.  McGuire.  Ojai,  Calif. 

(Jreg  ]\Ic^Iillan,  Cholame,  Calif. 

Ralph  W.  Mehrten,  Exeter.  Calif. 

Yulan  D.  Miller,  Ojai,  Calif. 

Jaiii.'s  G.  Mills,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  Frank  K.  .Mires,  Springville, 
Calif. 

Gary  Morgan,  Ojai,  Calif. 

Guy  Noel.  Fillmore,  Calif. 

T{ib'y  D.  Patter.son.  Bakersfield,  Calif. 

Ihigene  F.  I'ercy,  Fillmore,  Calif. 

Donald  S.  Pine,"  King  City.  Calif. 

Harry  Plisco,  Frazier  Park.  Calif. 

T{on  E.  Powell.  Bisliop,  Calif. 

Jnlin  n 1.  Bakersfield.  Calif. 

Alice  G.  Kieinan,  (Jleiinville,  Calif. 

John  F.  Rofer,  Bakersfield,  Calif. 

Marshall  !>.  Schultz,  Frazier  Pai'k. 
Calif. 

Hal  Seyden,  Mirainonte,  Calif. 

C.  R.  Shepard,  Sacramento,  Calif. 

Paul  Shields,  Fresno,  Calif. 

Arnold  Small,  Los  Angeles,  Calif. 

Richard  Smith.  Santa  P.arbara,  Calif. 

Gary  Snow,  Bakersfield,  Calif. 

Kenneth  Stager,  Los  Angeles,  Calif. 

Norman  Stevens,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 

Carl  C.  Tegen,  Palmdale,  Calif. 

Ronald  A.  Thompson.  Riverside,  Calif. 

AVilliam    H.    Thomson,    San    Francisco, 
Calif. 

Wesley  P.  Turner,  Santa  Barbara, 
Calif. 

Hazel  Upham,  Frazier  Park,  Calif. 

Sanford  R.  Wilbur,  Willows,  Calif. 

'Sir.  &  Mrs.  Jim  Ben  Williams,  Bakers- 
field, Calif. 

Lawrence  C.  Wills,  Fresno,  Calif. 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  Russell  Wilson,  No.  Holly- 
wood, Calif. 

Francis  A.  Winter,  Pasadena,  Calif. 

ALirie  Woodman.see,  Ojai,  Calif. 


NOTES 

A  POSSIBLE  RECORD-SIZED  BONITO  SHARK,  ISURUS 
OXYRINCHUS  RAFINESQUE,  FROM  SOUTHERN 

CALIFORNIA 

(Ml  -Inly  4.  l!)!)."),  -Jcriy  Cherzaney,  a  commercial  fisherman,  caught 
an  ll-foot  long-  (3866  mm  tl)  bonito  shark  at  Eagle  Rock  Cove,  off  the 
west  end  of  Santa  Catalina  Island,  California  (Figure  1).  It  had  been 
canght  in  3  fathoms  of  water  with  a  6-inch  mesh  gill  net,  and  when 
brought  to  tlie  surface,  it  was  found  rolled  up  in  the  net  and  was  dead. 
The  carcass,  after  being  hauled  aboard,  was  taken  to  Pierpoint  Land- 
ing, Long  Beach,  where  it  was  frozen  ciud  exhibited  the  following  week- 
end. John  E.  P'itch,  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Game,  helped 
make  the  necessary  arrangements  with  J.  E.  McClintock,  General  Man- 
ager of  the  Landing,  who  generously  donated  this  unusual  specimen  to 
the  Los  Angeles  County  Museum  of  Natural  History  for  study  and 
dissection.  Charles  Grover,  Marineland  of  the  Pacdfic,  put  the  facilities 
of  the  Marineland  laboratory  at  our  disposal  and  furnished  transpor- 
tation to  move  the  specimen.  Grover,  Dennis  Yeomans,  and  Stephanie 
Ilowells  aided  in  measuring  and  dissecting  the  shark.  Avhich  was  an 
adult  female  (Table  1). 

J.  A.  F.  Garrick  (pers.  commun.)  has  told  me  that  his  studies  have 
convinced  him  there  are  only  two  valid  species  of  Isunis,  and  Isunis 
(jlaucns  is  not  one  of  these.  Proportional  differences  such  as  used  by 
Bigelow  and  Schroeder  (1948)  to  separate  Isurus  oxyrinchus  from 
Isurus  glaucus  are  not  of  specific  significance.  Garrick  plans  to  discuss 
this  point  at  some  length  in  a  forthcoming  paper.  In  my  researches,  I 
have  failed  to  find  any  discernable  diff'erences  between  Atlantic  and 
Pacific  bonito  sharks,  so  I  consider  (jlaucns  a  synonym  of  oxyrinchus. 

The  shark  weighed  850  pounds  on  the  Marineland  scales.  The  greater 
part  of  the  body  cavity  was  filled  by  the  liver.  The  stomach  contents 
weighed  approximately  10  pounds,  and  consisted  of  the  remains  of  three 
carcharinid  sharks,  probably  blue  sharks,  Prionace  glauca  (Linnaeus). 
The  vertebral  centra  of  these  sharks  were  intact  and  attached  to  one 
another,  although  the  chondrocrania  w^ere  almost  completely  digested. 
The  vertebrae  in  each  case  had  been  severed  in  the  area  just  below  the 
second  dorsal  fin.  From  vertebral  sizes  and  the  lengths  of  these  re- 
mains, I  estimated  that  the  blue  sharks  had  measured  between  4  and  5 
feet  when  alive. 

The  uterus  of  the  bonito  shark  was  empty  and  flaccid.  One  large  egg, 
2  inches  in  diameter,  was  found  in  one  ovary.  Blood  and  mucus  in  the 
uterus  would  indicate  that  this  female  had  just  given  birth  to  young,  or 
had  aborted  them  on  capture. 


(  2M  ) 


NOTES 


205 


FIGURE    1— Jerry   Cherzaney   and   the    1  1 -foot    bonito    shark,    Isurus    oxyrinchus,   taken    ofF    Santa 
Catalina    Island,   California.   Phofograph    courtesy   of  Pierpoint   Landing,   Long    Beach. 

Although  a  number  of  teeth  had  been  removed  by  spectators  before 
the  Museum  obtained  the  shark,  the  folloAving  dental  formula  (as  de- 
fined by  Applegate,  1965)  was  noted : 


P3 

L7         11 

A2 

A2 

11         L7 

P3 

P3 

L7 

A3 

A3 

L7 

P3 

'2(h; 


CALIKORXIA    riSIl    AM)   CAME 


TABLE   1 

Measurements  of  Body  Parts  and  Proportions  in  Length  Without 

Caudal  (parts  per  mille)  of  11-Foot  Isurus  oxyrhinchus  from 

Santa  Catalina  Island,  California 


Total  k'listh 

Length  withoiit  caudal  (to  pit) 

Trunk  width  over  pectoral  origins 

M out h  width 

Mouth  length  (lower  jaw) 

Eye  diameter,  horizontal 

vertical 

Preoral  length 

Prenarial  length 

Preorbital  length 

Internarial  distance  (least) 

Length  1st  gill  slit 

2nd  gill  slit 

3rd  gill  slit 

4th  gill  slit 

5th  gill  slit 

1st  dorsal  fin  height  (perpendicular) 

overall  length 

length  base 

length  posterior  margin 

2nd  dorsal  fin  height 

overall  length 

length  base 

length  posterior  margin 

Anal  fin  height 

overall  length 

length  base 

height  posterior  margin 

Pectoral  fin  anterior  margin 

posterior  margin 

length  base 

Pelvic  fin  overall  length 

length  anterior  margin  _    

length  distal  margin 

length  base 

Caudal  fin  length  dorsal  lobe 

length  ventral  lobe 

dorsal  tip  to  notch 

depth  notch 

Tip  of  snout  to  1st  dorsal  origin 

2nd  dorsal  origin 

anal  origin 

lower  caudal  origin 

Distance  between  bases  1st  and  2nd  dorsals 

2nd  dorsal  and  caudal 

pectoral  and  pelvic 

pelvic  and  anal 

anal  and  caudal 


Measurement 
(mm) 


3366 

2835 

512 

270 

190 

43 

45 

142 

128 

227 

130 

350 

320 

310 

300 

300 

320 

380 

320 

50 

58 

96 

38 

58 

64 

99 

35 

58 

850 

560 

35 

260 

140 

210 

150 

635 

515 

65 

155 

1338 

2434 

2611 

2830 

883 

275 

935 

390 

235 


Proportion 


1 .  187 

.181 
.095 
.067 
.015 
.016 
.050 
.045 
.080 
.046 
.123 
.113 
.109 
.106 
.106 
.113 
.134 
.113 
.018 
.020 
.034 
.013 
.020 
.  023 
.035 
.012 
.020 
.300 
.198 
.012 
.092 
.049 
.074 
.053 
224 
.182 
.023 
.055 
.472 
.859 
.921 
.998 
.312 
.097 
.329 
.138 
.083 


Th(^  outermost  tooth  row  sliows  a  <i'reat  den]  of  wear,  whicli  may 
indicate  a  slowing  of  tooth  replacement  with  age.  The  teeth  are  much 
smaller  than  those  of  the  fossil  Isnrus  from  Miocene  rocks  of  Cali- 
fornia, apparently   indicating  that   the   fossil   members  of  this  genus 


NOTES  207 

attained  much  larger  sizes  than  anything  alive  today.  Lengths  of 
selected  teeth,  measured  at  riglit  angles  from  the  center  of  a  line  across 
the  ends  of  the  roots  to  the  tip  of  the  tooth,  are  : 

2nd  upper  left  anterior :  88.4  nun 
1st  upper  left  intermediate  :  16.5  nun 
1st  upper  left  lateral :  22.8  mm 
2nd  lower  left  anterior  :  52.0  mm 
3rd  lower  left  anterior  :  30.6  mm 

Bigelow  and  Sclii-oeder  (1948:128)  reported  that  the  mako  or  bonito 
shark  reaches  a  length  of  4  meters  (13  feet),  although  this  is  evidently 
based  on  hearsay  evidence.  A  specimen  said  to  have  been  12  feet  long 
was  estimated  from  jaw  size,  a  highly  questionabh^  procedure.  The 
largest  authentic  record  they  listed  is  an  Isiinis  taken  off  St.  Peters- 
burg, Florida,  measuring  10  feet,  6  inches.  The  weight  of  this  fish  was 
said  to  have  been  1,00!)  j)ounds,  a  most  remarkable  figure  since  it  was 
5J  inches  shorter  than  the  present  sluirk,  yet  weighed  over  150  pounds 
more.  Recorded  weights  at  differeiit  lengths  from  other  sources  are  more 
in  keeping  with  our  specimen:  135  pounds  at  6  feet;  230  pounds  at  7 
feet,  8  inches;  and  300  pounds  at  8  feet.  Thus,  the  Santa  Cataliua 
Island  bonito  shark  apparently  constitutes  a  world's  record  in  length 
and  perhaps  weight  if,  as  appears  to  be  the  case,  the  1,009  pounds  cited 
for  the  St.  Petersburg,  Florida,  mako  are  not  accurate.  It  is  certainly 
much  larger  than  is  usually  recorded  for  this  species  (7  or  8  feet)  off 
southern  California  (Roedel,  1953:15). 

Since  it  was  not  possible  to  save  this  specimen  in  its  entirety,  the 
jaws,  vertebral  colunni,  fius,  and  choudrocrauium  were  removed  and 
deposited  in  the  Vertebrate  Paleontology  reference  collection  of  Keccnt 
fish  skeletal  material  at  the  Los  Angeles  County  Museum  of  Natural 
History  under  VPF1059. 

LITERATURE   CITED 

Applo^ate,  Shelton  P.  ]90r».  Tooth  t»Tmiiiolnj;y  juid  variation  in  sharks  with  .special 
reference  to  the  sand  shark,  Carchtirias  laiinis  Kaliiiesciue.  Los  Angeles  Connty 
Mus.  Cent.  Sci.,  (86)  :  1-18. 

Bigelow,  Henry  B.,  and  AVilliam  C.  Sr-hroeder.  1948.  Fishes  of  the  Western  North 
Atlantic.  Sears  Found.  Mar.  lies..  Mem.  One,  Part  1,  no.  2,  57C  p. 

Roedel,  Phil  M.  1953.  Common  ocean  lishes  of  the  California  coast.  Calif.  Dept. 
Fish  and  Game,  Fish  Bull.,  (91)  :  1-184. 

— Shelton  P.  Applcgate,  Los  Angeles  County  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, January  1966. 


208  CALIFOK-NIA    I'ISII   AND   OAME 

THE   UNICORNFISH,   EUMECICHTHYS  FISKI  (GUNTHER), 
IN   THE   EASTERN   TROPICAL   PACIFIC 

A  '27-ineh  uiiieoriilisli  (G2U  mm  sl,  682  mm  tl)  weighing  1  ounce 
(28  g)  "vvas  eaiig-lit  November  1.'},  1965,  in  a  ])ni-sc  seine  set  made  for 
yellowfin  tuna,  TJiuidiks  albucares,  oil'  llie  Jiortlieast  tip  of  Clarion 
Island,  Revillayigedos,  Mexico.  George  Fukuzaki,  owner  and  skipper  of 
the  purse  seiner  Beverly  Lynn,  recognized  it  as  different  from  the  usual 
ribl)onfisli  ( Tradiipteridae)  taken  by  purse  seining  in  the  eastern 
Pacific,  and  made  certain  it  was  saved.  The  only  previous  Eiime- 
cichihys  fiski  from  our  waters  was  a  badly  mangled  specimen  spit  up 
by  a  yellowfin  tuna  that  was  caught  southwest  of  Acapulco,  Mexico, 
at  lat*.  15°16'N.,  long.  99'^'8(nV.  sometime  prior  to  April  1960.  The 
1960  unicornfish  was  called  to  my  attention  by  Frank  Alverson,  then 
with  the  Inter-American  Tropical  Tuna  Commission,  who  found  it 
while  studying  yellowfin  tuna  food  habits. 

EiwiecicJithys  fiski  (Figure  1)  is  of  sueh  unique  shape  that  a  list 
of  proportional  measurements  would  be  superfluous ;  however,  meristic 
counts,  color  notes,  and  a  few  notes  on  its  distribution  and  biology 
should  be  helpful  to  future  workers.  Walters  and  Fitch  (1960),  in 
reviewing  the  family  Lophotidae,  presented  characters  and  a  key  for 
distinguishing  Euniecichthys  from  LopJiotus,  the  only  other  genus  in 
the  family.  The  Clarion  Island  specimen  (deposited  in  the  UCLA  fish 
collection  as  W65-46)  has  5+305  dorsal,  13  pectoral  (each  side),  8 
anal,  and  12  caudal  rays.  Only  one  (the  second)  of  the  five  rays  making 
up  the  pennant  is  produced;  the  other  rays  are  either  much-reduced 
in  length,  or  are  no  longer  than  succeeding  dorsal  fin  rays  (Figure  2). 
There  are  no  pelvic  fins  and  no  sign  of  a  pelvic  girdle  in  the  X-ray 
which  was  taken  for  me  by  Robert  J.  Lavenberg,  Los  Angeles  County 
Museum  of  Natural  History.  All  fin  rays  except  the  pectorals  were 
counted  from  the  X-ray  with  the  aid  of  a  binocular  microscope  at  six 
magnifications.  It  was  difficult  to  determijie  which  vertebra  contained 
the  anteriormost  haemal  spine,  even  with  tlic  microscope,  but  it  seemed 
to  be  the  57th.  This  gave  a  vertebral  fonnuhi  of  56+101=157  (pre- 
caudal,  caudal,  and  total). 

The  dorsal  and  caudal  fins  Avere  crimson  when  the  fish  was  first 
caught,  and  remained  quite  red  while  frozen,  but  faded  completely 
upon  preservation  in  formalin.  The  silver-colored  body  was  banded 
with  about  40  dark,  subvertical  bars,  most  prominent  dorsally  (Figure 
1).  The  ventral  portions  of  these  dusky  bands  were  quite  indistinct, 
even  when  the  fish  was  fresh,  so-much-so  that  the  ventral  half  of  every 
other  band  appeared  to  be  lacking  except  upon  very  close  scrutiny. 

King  and  Ikehara  (1956)  did  not  give  information  regarding  ma- 
turity of  the  590  mm  sl  specimen  they  reported  from  Hawaii,  but  the 
slightly  larger  Clarion  Island  individual  was  a  female  with  at  least 
two  sizes  of  eggs  in  her  ovaries.  The  largest  of  these  were  transparent 
and  ranged  from  1.5  to  2.0  mm  in  diameter.  These  large  eggs  were  not 
loose  enough  to  be  spawned  b}'  exerting  pressure  along  the  sides  of 
the  fish,  but  by  their  size  and  transparency  the  spawning  season  must 
have  been  close  Avhen  the  fish  was  captured. 


NOTES 


209 


FIGURE   1— Clarion    Island   unicornfish,  620   mm   SL,   682    mm   TL,   28g.   Photograph   by  Jack   W. 
Schoft. 


FIGURE   2— Head   and   anterior   trunk   of   Clarion    Island    unicornfish.    Only   one    ray    (broken    at 
its   base)  extends  for  the   full    length   of  the   pennant.   Photograph   by   Jack   W.   Schoit. 


210  CALIFOK'XIA    IISII    AM)    CAME 

Several    unieoi'iilisli    from   .|;i|);iiievc   waters   tiaxc   iviiiticd    upwafds  to 

88    ('111    in    lellLltll.    hut     the    hll'Lli'sl     l-e|  xil't  ei  1    in     the    I  i  t  el'a  1  1 1 1'e    seems    to 

bi'  the  "oO-inch"  type  .speeiiiieii  from  Soiitli  Africa. 

The  otoliths  (sap'ittae)  of  the  Clarion  Island  fish  were  examined 
fur  an  indication  of  its  a^-e.  hut  no  ^ii'owtli  rinys  or  annuli  eould  be 
observed  on  tliese  tiny  structures  (0.6  by  ().•')  mm). 

The  vt(iiii;irh  of  this  fi-^h  was  empty. 

REFERENCES 

KillU'.    .Insclill    1-",..    .•Illil    Is;i;ic    I.    Ikrli;ir;i.    I'.l.'ili.    Sdiilf    iniu>ual    lisllcs    I'rniii    the   cclllral 

I'a<  ilic.  Vac.  Sci..  lOi  1  )  :  17-24. 
^\'a]t(M•s.     ^'lalIiIllil•.    and    Jdhii     ]•].     Kitch.     l!t()<).    The    families    and    };enerii    of    the 

lanipridiforni     i  allotrioynatli  )    .•^nliorder    Trachipteroidei.    Calif.    Fish    and    (Jamp, 

46I-!  I  :   441-4.",!. 

— folni  E.  Fitcli.  M'ni)if  Resources  ()  ji>  raf  i(>iis.  Cal  if(/riiifi  P/  /)(ni  nn  iit 
of  Fish  (iikI  diiiiK  .  JdinKD'ii  1!)(i(). 


NOTES 


211 


NEW   RECORDS  OF   CATAETYX  RUBRIROSTRIS   GILBERT 
FROM  THE   NORTHEASTERN   PACIFIC   OCEAN 

The  deep-sea  ophiclioid  Cdtaetyx  ruhrirostris  has  been  recorded  from 
hauls  made  with  iioii-cdosiiig  gear  fished  from  161  to  510  fathoms  oft' 
southern  California  from  southwest  of  South  Coronado  Island  north 
to  the  Santa  Barbara  channel  (Gilbert  1890;  1895;  1915;  Townsend, 
1901;  r.  S.  Bureau  of  Fisheries,  1906  i.  Mead,  Bertelseu,  and  Cohen 
(19()4)  give  recent  southern  California  records  of  young  specimens 
from  pelagic  surveys  in  the  Santa  Catalina  Basin. 

Three  specimens  taken  in  upm.  hdttom-sampling  gear  off  the  northern 
Oregon  coast  extend  the  northern  limit  of  this  species  to  the  eastern 
subarctic  Pacific  region  (as  defined  by  Dodimead,  Favorite,  and  Ilirano, 
196:}).  One  is  a  female  91.5  mm  sl  from  368  to  370  fathoms  at  lat.  44° 
23'X.,  long-.  124°  56'W.,  taken  August  8,  1961.  by  the  Department  of 
Oceanography,  Oregon  State  Fniversity.  The  second,  a  male  105.5  nun 
SI.  from  ;!25' fathoms  at  lat.  45°  57'X.,  long.  124"  48'W.,  was  caught 
January  24,  1963,  by  the  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries,  Exploratory 
Fishing  and  Gear  Research  Base,  Seattle,  Washington,  in  cooperation 
with  the  r.S.  Atomic  Energy  Connnission  (Figure  1).  A  third  specimen 
;d)()Ut  .^0  mm  si.,  taken  by  the  Oregon  State  University  oceanography 
program,  was  h)st  before  we  could  examine  it  but  was  identified  as 
('.  ruhrirostris  h\-  a  foi-iiier  student,  Don  Day,  who  recorded  it  fnmi 
350  to  400  fathoms,  at  lat.  44°  16'X.,  long.  125"  OO'W.,  December  10-11, 
1961.  The  male  si)ecimen  (UW  16743)  is  in  the  fish  museum,  University 
of  Washington,  and  the  female  (uncatalogued)  is  at  the  Oregon  State 
University,  Department  of  Fisheries  and  Wildlife. 


^^^M^^^^^^^^^S^'m-m^ 


**^SS**S!S*^*^*^ 


js^Sf-^ 


FIGURE  1— Drawing  of  Cataefyx  rubrirosfris  Gilbert  (UW  16743)  showing  cephalic  sensory 
pore  system  and  first  gill  arch  (inset)  removed  from  the  left  side  of  the  specimen.  Illusfrafion 
by  his  Reynolds. 

DESCRIPTION 

Morphology  of  potential  taxonomic  usefulness  is  described,  supple- 
mentary to  Gilbert's  (1890)  original  description  based  on  a  series  of 
four  specimens  (largest  114.3  mm  sl). 


212  CAI.Il'MKXIA    lisll    AM)    (JAME 

]\rpasnrenionts  ami  counts  'Table  1)  ^\•ol•e  taken  from  the  left  side 
wiienever  iiossible,  and  lolluw  iluljljs  and  La^'ler  (1958).  Measurements 
were  made  with  dial  ('ali])ers  (to  the  nearest  0.1  mm),  and  some  meristic 
data  were  taken  from  radiofiraplis.  The  scales  are  deciduous,  and  be- 
cause they  left  nndefiiinble  jvx-kets  whei-e  they  were  missin"-,  counts 
could  not  be  made. 

Most  external  morphology  is  illustrated  in  Fijzure  1,  which  empha- 
sizes the  cephalic  papillae  and  ])reinaxillary  and  preopercular-mandib- 
ular  sensory  series  of  seven  pores  each.  A  single  pore  at  the  apex  of  the 
articular  notch  is  adjacent  to  the  second  anteriormost  pore  in  the  pre- 
opercular-mandibular  series.  There  are  four  gill  arches,  with  a  restricted 
slit  behind  the  last;  the  tlu-ee  developed  gill  rakers  are  short  and 
triangulai".  the  longest  ecjual  to  alxiut  one-half  of  oi-bital   width:  I'udi- 

TABLE    1 

Measurements  (in  mm)  and  Counts  of  Northern  Oregon  Cataetyx  rubrirostris 

Measurements                                                                                                  /^  .  U  .  Ilil'f.j  O.8.L. 

Standard  length 10.")..")  !(1.." 

Depth  at  anal  origin 11.2  11.1 

Head  length   (to  end  of  opercular  flap) 24.4  20.2 

Postorbital   head  length 15.0  13.2 

Length  of  upper  jaw 10.1  8.2 

Length  of  lower  jaw 5.9  5.7 

Snout 4.2  4.0 

Bony  interorbital 2.7  1.9 

Eye 4.5  3.2 

Distance  between  anterior  and  posterior  nostril 3.4  2.5 

Greatest  width  of  premaxillary  tooth  band .7  .5 

Length   of  premaxillary   tooth   band 6.9  6.0 

(ireatest  width  of  mandibular  tooth  band .■>  .3 

Length  of  mandibular  tooth  band 6.5  6.0 

Greatest  width  of  vomerine  tooth  band .4  .4 

Length  of  vomerine  tooth  band 1.7  1.5 

Greatest  width  of  palatine  tooth  band .5  .4 

Length  of  palatine  tooth  l)and 5.6  4.0 

Snout  to  dorsal  origin 32.5  25.3 

Snout  to  pelvic  origin 17.2  15.3 

Snout  to  anal  origin 47.7  36.9 

Pelvic  origin  to  anal  origin 31.2  22.5 

Length  of  dorsal-anal  overlap 17.2  12.0 

Length  of  longest  pelvic  filament —  8.9 

Length  of  pectoral  fin 13.5  11.0 

Cleithrum   spine   length    (tip   to   angle   formed  by   cleithrum 

with  ventral  edge  of  spine) 1.6  1.1 

Length  of  caudal  fin -  8.1 

Length  of  longest  dorsal  ray 6.7  6.0 

(Greatest  height  of  fleshy  membrane  on  dorsal  base 2.2  2.4 

Snout  to  anus 43.3  35.2 

Anus  to  caudal  base 62.1  45.7 

Opercular  spine  length   (measured  from  tip  of  spine  to  angle 
formed  by  posterior  edge  of  opercle  with   ventral  surface 

of  .spine) 3.5  2.5 

Counts 

Dorsal  rays 102  109 

Anal   rays 76  82 

Caudal   rays 4-^  5-4 

Pectoral  rays 25  25 

Pelvic  filaments 1  1 

Vertebrae    (urostyle  counted  as  last  vertebrate) 62  60 

Dpveloped  gill  rakers 3  3 

Branchiostegal  rays 8  8 


NOTES  213 

mentary  gill  rakers  appear  as  small  rounded  protrusions  (Figure  1). 
The  longest  gill  filament  is  equal  to  about  f  of  orbital  width ;  pseudo- 
braiiehiae  are  absent.  Pyloric  caeca  are  not  evident.  Color  in  alcohol : 
head  and  body  cream-colored,  overlain  by  silvery  iridescence ;  buccal 
and  branchial  cavities  lined  with  black,  visible  externalh' ;  occipital 
region  translucent,  exposing  central  nervous  system  from  exterior ;  black 
peritoneum  showing  through  translucent  abdominal  tissue :  stomach 
unpigmented  ;  intestine  covered  by  darkly-pigmented  epithelium;  anal 
(jrifice  witli  black  emargination ;  pectoral  fins  dusky;  })elvics  and  anal 
fin   iiiii)igmented;  dorsal  and  caudal   fins  witli  dusky  margins. 

VARIATION 

Our  specimens  basically  agree  with  Gilbert's  description,  with  the 
following  exceptions:  a  greater  numbei-  of  i)ectoral  rays  (25  instead 
of  23 j,  fewer  caudal  rays  (8  to  9  instead  of  12),  bony  interorbital 
width  9.0  to  10.6  instead  of  7  in  head  ( (Albert's  measurement  may  be 
of  flesh}'  instead  of  bony  interorbital  j .  Gilbert  states  tliat  the  eye  ecpials 
the  snout,  whereas  in  one  of  our  specimens  the  eye  is  larger  than  the 
snout,  and  in  the  other  it  is  smaller  (Table  1). 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

We  are  indebted  to  Don  Day,  U.S.  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries, 

Biological  Laboratory  at  Seattle,  for  catch  data  and  identification  of 

the  misplaced  specimen.  Carl  E.  Bond,  Oregon  State  University,  loaned 

us  the  female  specimen.  Daniel  ^1.  Cohen,  U.S.  Bureau  of  Commercial 

Fisheries,    Ichthyological    Laboratory,    "Washington,    B.C.,    and    J.    D. 

McPhail,  College  of  Fisheries,  University  of  Washington,  reviewed  the 

manusci-ipf. 

REFERENCES 

Dodimead.  A.  .J.,  F.  Favorite,  and  T.  Ilhaiu..  T.lfi.S.  Salmon  of  tlie  North  Pacific 
Ocean.  Pt.  -.  Review  of  oceanoi^raphy  of  the  suharctic  Pacific  region.  Inter.  \o. 
Pac.  Fish.  Conini.,  Bnll.,    (13)  :  1-195. 

Gilhert,  Charles  II.  1890.  A  preliminary  i-eport  on  the  fishes  collected  by  the 
steamer  Albatrong  on  the  Pacific  Coast  of  Xorth  America  during:  the  year  18S9, 
with  descriptions  of  twelve  new  genera  and  ninety-two  new  species.  U.S.  Natl. 
Mus.,  Proc,  13:  49-126. 

189").     The    ichthvological    collections   of    the    steamer    Alhafross   during    the 

years  1890  and  1891.  U.S.  Comm.  Fish.,  Kept,  for  1893,  p.  393-47(J. 

1915.     Pushes  collected  bv  the  U.S.  Fisheries  steamer  Alh<it»o.ss  in  southern 


California  in  1904.  U.S.  Natl.  Mus.,  Proc,  48:  .305-380. 
llubbs,    Carl   L.,   and   Karl   F.    Lagler.     1958.     Fishes   of   the    Great    Lakes    region. 

Cranbrook  Ins.  Sol.,  Bull.,  (26)  :  1-213. 
Mead.  Giles  W.,  E.  Bertelsen,  and  Daniel  M.  Cohen.     1904.     Reproduction  among 

deep-sea  fishes.  Deep-sea  Res.,  11(4)  :  569-596. 

Townsend,  C.  H.  1901.  Dredging  and  other  records  of  the  United  States  Fish 
Commission  Steamer  Albatross  with  l)ibliography  relative  to  the  work  of  the 
vessel.  U.S.  Comm.  Fish.,  Rept.  for  1900.  p.  387-562. 

I'.S.  Bureau  of  Fisheries.  1906.  Dredging  and  hydrngraphic  records  of  the  U.S. 
Fisheries  Steamer  Albatross  for  1904  and  1905.  U.S.  Comm.  Fish.,  Rept.  for  1905, 
80  p.    (Doc.  604). 

— Richard  B.  Grinols,  U.S.  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries,  Explora- 
tory Fishi7ig  and  Gear  Research  Base,  Seattle,  Washington,  98102, 
and  David  W.  Greenfield,  Department  of  Biological  Sciences,  Cali- 
fornia State  College  at  Fullerton,  Fullerton,  California,  92631, 
Fehruary  1966. 


214  CALIFORXTA   FISH   AND   GA^FE 

A  MARINE   CATFISH,   BAGRE  PANAMENSIS  (GILL), 

ADDED  TO  THE   FAUNA  OF   CALIFORNIA,   AND 

OTHER   ANOMALOUS   FISH   OCCURRENCES 

OFF  SOUTHERN  CALIFORNIA  IN   1965 

A  iiijiriiic  catfish  was  caiivlit  in  a  liait  net  H  to  2  miles  off  the  luoutli 
of  tlic  Santa  Ana  IJiver  on  XovchiIxm-  :i,  196.").  by  Richard  Soukup. 
sidpper  of  the  boat  Eiiuore  (\  This  tisii,  24.1  nmi  sl  f:]l()  nun  ti.i.  lias 
been  deposited  in  the  fish  collection  of  the  I>os  Angeles  County  Aluseniii 
of  Natural  History  (LAC'M  (i,ss:M  j.  |1  appeared  healthy  when  cap- 
tured (it  weijrhed  250  o;),  and  its  stomach  contained  the  remains  of 
two,  .l-iiich  ancho\-ies,  Enf/raiilis  min-dfi.r.  The  closest  pre\ious  record  of 
/>'.  paiKiuKiisis  to  Califoi'iiia  is  .Ma^dalena  Day,  lia.ja  California,  where 
it  and  anotlier  marine  catfi.sJi,  yctiiina  platypogon,  are  present  in  con- 
siderable abundance. 

Althoni-'h  the  marine  catfishes  on  the  Pacific  coast  are  an  extremely 
difficult  <i'roup  to  work  with,  and  badly  in  need  of  a  critical  review, 
only  2  of  tlie  26  Pacific  c(jast  species  belong;-  to  the  genus  Bagre,  char- 
acterized by  having  only  one  pair  of  barbels  on  the  lower  jaw.  B.  pin- 
iiinKiriiliit IIS.  the  other  species,  has  a  long,  flat  filament  extending  from 
the  dorsal  s])ine;  it  ranges  from  about  ^Mazatlan  to  northern  Peru. 

Twelve  species  of  marine  catfishes  in  five  geneia  have  been  reported 
from  Mexican  waters  (Meek  and  Ilildebrand,  1!)2:};  Ilildebrand,  1940; 


TABLE    1 


Anomalous  Occurrences  of  Marine  Fishes  off  Southern  California 
During  1965  as  Reported  to  California  State  Fisheries  Laboratory 


Species 

Number 
specimens 

Date 

of 

capture 

Locality  of  capture 

Remarks 

Southern  Species 
Pseudopriacanthus  aerrula 

1 

1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

3 
many 
many 

1 

1 

several 

1 
1 
1 

early  Feb. 
June  4 
mid  June 
Sept.  27 
late  Sept. 
Nov.  3 
Nov.  8 
end  Nov. 
Nov.  28 
Nov.  29 

Jan. 14 
Feb.  10 
Apr.  17 
Julv  19 
Sept.  27 
June-Sept. 
Oct.-Dec. 
Nov.  1 

June  2 

Aug.-Sept. 
Sept.  20 
Oct.  25 
Dec.  16 

Horseshoe  Kelp 

Rare  off  Calif. 

Katsuicon  us  pelam  is 

Corona  del  Mar 

Oxnard 
Carpinteria 
Newport  Beach 
Off  Santa  Ana  R 

3  months  earlier  than  usual 

Hermositla  azurea 

Strongylura  eiilis 

Strongylura  eiilis. _  ..             

Bagre  panamensis 

Strongylura  eiilis 

Pseudopriacanthus  serrula _ _ 

Albula  vulpes 

Los  Angeles  Harbor 

Malibu 

Sunset  Beach 

Los  .\ngelps  Harbor 

Ventura 

Ventura.  .     

Albula  vulpes. 

Northern  Species 

Acipenser  medirostris 

Reinhardtius  hippoglossoides 

Reported  by  Schott,  1966 

Alosa  sapidissima 

A losa  sapidissima 

.4  losa  sapidissima 

Los  Angeles  Harbor 

Los  Angeles  Harbor 

Carpinteria 

Los  Angeles-Orange  Counties 

Los  Angeles-Orange  Counties 

Los  Angeles  Harbor 

lat.  29°  29'  N., 
long.  129'  23'  W. 

Oncorhynchus  spp 

Roccus  saxatilis ..   

Alosa  sapidissima 

Pelagic  Species 

Brama  japonico-  

South  of  usual  range 
Fewer  than  10  Calif,  records 

Lampris  regius 

Lophotus  sp 

Assurger  amac 

San  Diego-Morro  Bay 

Tanner  Bank 

Torrance  Beach.-  

Lagocephalus  lagocephalus 

Newport  Harbor.. 

Fewer  than  10  Calif,  records 

NOTES  215 

Berdegue,  1956;  and  others;,  l)ut  only  the  two  noted  above  are  known 
to  occur  on  the  outer  coast  of  Baja  California  (Magdalena  Bay).  Thus, 
the  range  for  B.  panamensis  was  extended  northward  approximately 
650  linear  miles  by  the  capture  of  the  12-infh  specimen  off  the  Santa 
Ana  Kiver. 

In  order  to  check  the  plausibility  of  such  a  northward  migration,  1 
examined  repcu'ts  of  anomalous  occurrences  of  marine  fishes  during 
lf»65  on  file  at  California  State  Fisheries  Laboratory  (Table  1).  Based 
n])(>n  tliese  occurrences  alone,  it  would  appear  tliat  ocean  temperatures 
fluctuated  widely  off  southern  California  during  1965,  often  within  the 
same  month.  When  water  temperatures  were  cold,  shad,  salmon,  and 
striped  bass  moved  in  from  the  north,  but  the  southern  and  pelagic 
species  could  have  an-i\ed  only  by  taking  advantage  of  northerly- 
moving  currents  of  warm  water.  A  few  southern  species,  such  as 
Hermosilla  azurea,  apparently  have  established  populations  along  mmli 
of  the  southei-n  Califoi'iiia  coastline,  but  individuals  are  known  to 
migrate  beyond  the  usual  limits  of  their  range  when  temperatures  are 
suitable.  The  occurrence  of  Bagre  patio  me  nsis  off  southern  California 
apparently  resulted  from  an  intrusion  of  warm  water  which  originated 
somewhei'c  in  tlic  vicinity  of  Magdal'Mia  Bay.  Baja  California. 

REFERENCES 

BcrdofiiK'   A..   Julio.     lO.lf).     Pecos   <le   iniitortancia    comercial    on    la   costa    nor-occi- 
(loiital  (Ic  Moxico.  Sect.  Mar..  Dir.  (xou.  Pe.><fa   Indus.  Concxas,  34.">  p. 

lliklfliraud.   ^^anuiel   F.     liM<i.     A   descriptive   catalog  of   the   shore   fishes  of   I'eru. 
Bull.  U.S.  Xatl.  Mus.,  (189)  :  l-r,30. 

Meek,   Seth  F..   and    S.   F.  Hildelirand.   t!>23.   The  marine  fishes  <if  Panama.    Part   I. 
Chicago,  Field  .Mus.,  Zuol.  Soc,  15(215)  :  l-:«(). 

Schott,  Jack  W.     196G.     A  Greenland  halihut.   lleinhnnltiux  hipiiof/lossoifles    ( Wal- 
liaum),  recorded  in  southern  California.  Calif.  Fish  and  Game,  52i  1  i  :  .".". 

— John  E.  Fitch,  Marine  Resources  Operations,  California  Department 
of  Fish  anel  Game,  Januari/  1966. 


2ir, 


CALll'OK'XlA    1  ISII    AM)    GAME 


FISHES  AND  OTHER   MARINE   ORGANISMS  TAKEN 
DURING   DEEP  TRAWLING  OFF   SANTA 
CATALINA   ISLAND,   MARCH   3-4,    1962 

Attempts  by  a  ])rivate  t-oneern  to  retrieve  Avitli  an  ollci-  trawl  a 
valuable  piece  of  electronic  (seismic)  equipment  that  broke  loose  and 
sank  in  several  Inindrod  fathoms  of  water  outside  Santa  Catalina  Island. 
California,  afforded  an  excellent  op])ort unity  to  examine  the  fislies  and 
other  organisms  that  were  captured.  The  equipment  was  lost  where  it  is 


TABLE   1 

List  of  Organisms  from  Deep  Trawling  off  Santa  Catalina  Island,  California 

March  3  &  4,  1962 


Fishes 

Scj'liorliinidae 

Parmaturus  xannirris 

Apristurus  brunneus 

Rajidae 

Ttaja  rhina 

Coryphaenoididae 

Nezumin  sMgidolepis 

Merlucciidae 

M  erluccius  product  us 

Scorpaenidae 

Sebastolobus  alascanus.. 
Sebastndes  diploproa 

Anoplopomatidae 

Anoplopoma  Jhnhria 

Liparidae 

Careproctus  Tnclanurus . . 

Pleuronectidae 

Embassichthys  balhybius 
Microstomiis  pneificus^- 

Invertebrates 

Porifera 

Coelenterata 

Echinodermata 

Mollusca 

Bathybembyx  hairdi 

Tectibranchs 

Crustacea 

Chionectes  tanneri 

Chorilia  longipes 


Tow  1 
(315-340  fm) 


14 


30 


10 


V 
V 


40 


Tow  2 
(285-300  fm) 


32 


11 


V 
V 
V 


30-40 
2 


Tow  3 
(294-315  fm) 


10 


18 
2 


23 


V 
V 


30-40 


Tow  5 
(240-310  fm) 


f}    +   36 


(38 


32 


V 

V 


70 
2 


40-50 


NOTES  217 

illegal  to  possess  or  operate  a  trawl  net,  so  special  permission  had  to  be 
obtained  from  the  Fish  and  Game  Commission  to  conduct  the  search. 
A  limitation  of  the  permit  called  for  a  Department  of  Fish  and  Game 
representative  to  be  aboard  during  all  tr'awling  operations. 

Biologist  William  L.  Craig,  California  State  Fisheries  Laboratory, 
was  assigned  the  task  of  overseeing  the  search,  conducted  March  3  and 
4,  19(32,  from  the  trawler  Christine,  skippered  by  Harry  Barrington. 
Five  tows  were  made  in  240  to  860  fathoms  (439-6o8m),  but  on  one  of 
these  (tow  4)  the  net  became  snagged  and  the  catch  was  lost;  the 
electronic  equipment  was  not  recovered.  All  trawling  was  on  the  wiiul- 
ward  (offshore)  side  of  Santa  Catalina  Island,  2..")  to  8.25  miles  offshore 
between  Ribbon  Rock  and  Catalina  Head  at  approximate  lat.  88°28'N., 
long.  n8"84'W.  Most  of  the  catcli  was  retained  for  i)focessing  at  Cali- 
fornia State  Fisheries  Laboratory,  where  the  fishes  were  identified, 
measui'cd,  and  weighed  hcfoi-i'  Ix'ing  discarded  oi-  saved.  Tlie  invevte- 
brat(>s  wer-e  sent  to  varions  specialists,  primai'ily  at  the  Allan  Hancock 
Fonndation  (AHF),  University  of  Sontliern  California,  in  the  ho])e 
that  identifications  would  be  forthcoming  at  an  early  date. 

The  foni-  successfnl  tows  yielded  1 1  s|)(vies  of  fishes  belonging  to  eight 
families  (Table  1).  Only  five  of  the  fish  species  (Pacific  hake,  shortspine 
channel  rockfish.  splitnose  i-ockfisii,  sablefish,  and  Dover  sole)  might  be 
I'onsidered  of  commercial  imjxjrtance  (marketable  for  food),  but  none 
of  these  seemed  to  be  present  in  commercial  quantities — at  least  none 
was  taken  in  commercial  quantities. 

A  s|)ecies-by-species  account  follows: 

rdrmahn'us  j-anixiiis — filetail  cat  shark 

Forty-six  cat  sharks  were  taken  in  tow  5,  but  oidy  10  of  these  were 
sav(Ml:  8  filetails  and  2  browns.  Seven  of  the  eight  filetails  were  fenudes, 
as  were  all  six  filetails  taken  in  the  other  three  siu-cessful  tows.  The 
male  filetail  was  885  nun  tl;  the  13  females  ranged  from  330  to  505  mm 
TL,  but  most  were  larger  than  460  mm.  The  14  specimens  that  were  saved 
were  deposited  in  the  UCLA  fish  collection. 

ApristiiiHs  hniiuK  us — brown  cat  shark 

Five  of  the  six  brown  cat  sharks  saved  were  males,  384  to  555  mm  tl  ; 
the  single  female  was  515  mm  tl.  All  were  deposited  in  the  UCLA  fish 
collection. 

Baja  rJiina — longnose  skate 

The  three  longnose  skates  for  which  sexes  were  noted  were  males,  550 
to  765  mm  tl  ;  the  three  unsexed  specimens  were  530  to  567  mm  tl.  All 
six  skates  were  deposited  in  the  Scripps  Institution  of  Oceanography 
(SIO)  collection. 

Nezioiiia  sfelgidolepis — California  rattail  (Figure  1) 

Only  the  shortspine  channel  rockfish  was  more  abundant  than  the 
California  rattail  in  the  trawling  area.  The  99  N.  stelgidolepis  taken  in 
the  four  tows  were  relatively  small  for  rattails,  being  240  to  390  mm  sl. 
Most  were  deposited  in  the  SIO  collection. 


218  (AI.IIOKMA    llsll    AM)   GAME 


■mMm^^ 


FIGURE    1— California    rattail,    Nezumia    sfelgidolepis,    310    mm    SL,    from    240    to    310    fathoms, 
Santo  Cotalina  Island,  California.  Phofograph  by  Jack  W.  Schoii. 

M<  )1i(ccii(s  productus — Pacific  hake 

The  six  hake  ranged  from  247  to  495  iniu  sl  (278  to  543  inin  tl)  ;  all 
were  discarded. 

Sehastolobits  alascaiiiis — shortspiiK^  chaiinel  rockfisli 

Shortspine  channel  rockfish  were  tlie  most  abundant  fish  captured, 
the  best  tow  yielding'  97  of  the  177  caught.  Altliongli  they  varied  greatly 
in  size  (100  to  430  mm  sl;  125  to  536  mm  tl),  most  Avere  200  to  300 
mm  SL.  The  largest  individual,  a  spent  female  536  mm  tl,  weighed 
2045  g.  Most  of  these  rockfish  were  discarded. 

IS  cba  stocks  di  phi  proa — split  nose  rockfish 

Only  two  splitnose  rockfish  were  taken.  l)Ut  both  were  fair-sized  adults 
(273  and  295  mm  sl;  332  and  357  mm  tl). 

xLitoplopouKi  Jinihrla — sablefish 

Sablefish  were  the  tliird  most  abuiKhint  fish  taken,  but  none  of  the  76 
was  exceptionally  large  (395  to  538  mm  sl  ;  460  to  628  mm  tl). 

C(n-(  p)'ociiis  iiK  hnnoiis — i)ink  snailfish 

Two  good-sized,  adult  pink  snailfish  (230  and  245  mm  tl)  were  taken, 
but  wcn-e  not  saved. 

Emhassichthys  bathyhius — deepsea  sole 

Both  deepsea  sole  were  caught  in  tow  5,  the  most  productive  haul. 
They  were  345  and  442  mm  sl  (395  and  510  mm  tl).  and  the  largest, 
a  female,  weighed  1430  g.  Since  they  represented  a  new  southern  dis- 
tribution record  for  the  species,  the  smaller  of  the  two  was  deposited  in 
the  UCLA  fish  collection. 

Microstomns  pacificus — Dover  sole 

The  eight  Dover  sole  taken  in  these  operations  also  came  from  tow  5. 
All  were  of  a  marketable  size  (265  to  340  mm  sl;  315  to  400  tl),  but 
none  was  exceptionally  large. 

Porifera — sponges 

Two  sponges,  representing  two  species,  were  taken  in  tow  2;  both 
were  sent  to  the  AHF  for  identification  and  curatiug. 


NOTES 


219 


Coelenterata — sea  anemones,  gorgonians,  sea  pens 

Coelenterates  were  not  abnndant  in  the  trawling  area,  bnt  the  few 
sea  anemones,  gorgonians,  and  sea  pens  that  came  np  in  the  net  were 
saved  jiiid  scut  to  the  AIIF  collection. 

Echino(h'rniata — sea  ciiciimb(n's,  starfish,  sea  urchins 

Sea  cncnmbers  were  abundant  iu  all  hauls,  us  were  some  of  the  star- 
fishes aud  sea  urchins.  Samples  of  all  wei-e  sa\('(l  and  sent  to  tlie  AIIF 
collections.  One  of  the  starfishes  was  new  to  science  (  Fred  Zieseidienne, 
pel's,  connuun. ). 

3h)llusca — SI un Is,  tectibranchs 

Tow  5  yielded  70  faii-ly  large,  thin-shelled,  greenish  snails  identified 
as  Bdfhiihfmhy.r  bairdi  by  A.  Myra  Keen,  Stanford  Fniversity.  These 
snails  seldom  are  captui'cd  at  depths  sliallowei'  than  "J.")!)  fathoms 
(457  m)  ;  they  are  not  uncommon  between  about  Xewi)oi't  Heach  and 
Eureka.  The  only  othei-  mollusks  netted  were  two  unidentified  sea  slugs 
or  tectibranchs  that  were  sent  to  the  AIIF  collections. 

Ci'ustacea — crabs 

Every  tow  yielded  fair  nniid)ers  of  large  Tanner  ci-abs,  Chioiu  vi( s 
fdinieri  (Fignre  2).  Although  they  were  fairly  large,  there  did  not  seem 
to  be  mnch  edible  flesh  in  the  legs  or  body,  so  they  probably  do  not 
represent  a  very  choice  latent  resource.  Two  smaller  crabs  in  tow  2 
were  identified  as  Chotilia  lonyipcs  by  John  S.  Garth,  Allan  Hancock 
Foundation. 


FIGURE    2— Tanner    crab,    C/iionecfes    tannen,    trawled    in    340    fathoms,    Santa    Catalina    Island, 
California.  Photograph  by  Jack  W.  Schoff. 

'  — John  E.  Fitch,  Marine  Resources  Operations,  California  Departnient 
of  Fish  and  Game,  January  1966. 


220 


CALIFORNIA    Ilsll    AM)   (iAMK 


THE  FINAL   INTRODUCTION  OF  THE  OPOSSUM  SHRIMP 
[MYSIS  RELICT  A  LOVEN)  INTO  CALIFORNIA  AND  NEVADA 

The  filial  introthictioii  of  the  fresli water  opossum  shrimp  into  Califor- 
nia and  Nevada  Avas  made  in  September  1965.  This  and  earlier  intro- 
ductions (Linn  and  Frantz.  lOGro  totah-d  442.000  shrimp  (Table  1). 
These  introductions  were  made  to  improve  the  food  supply  for  trout 
(Linn  and  Frantz,  1965). 


TABLE    1 

Summary  of  Introductions  of  Mysis  relicta  into  California 
and  Nevada  in   1963,  1964,  and   1965 


Lake 

Location 

Surface 

area 

(acres) 

Maximum 
depth 
(feet) 

Total  number 
shrimp 
planted 

Lake  Tahoe 

Fallen  Leaf  Lake 

California  and  Xevada 

El  Dorado  County,  California 

El  Dorado  County,  California 

Nevada  County,  California 

Fresno  County,  California 

Humboldt  County,  Nevada 

Elko  County,  Nevada                 

123,300 

1,410 

338 

960 

1,441 

11 

73^ 

1,645 

1,100 

1.50 

200 

150 

48 

22 

333,000 
30,000 

27,000 

Donner  Lake 

Huntington  Lake 

26,000 

20,000 

4,000 

Island  Lake 

2,000 

Total 

442,000 

LITERATURE   CITED 

Linn.  Jack  D..  and  Ted  C.  Frantz.  1965.  Introduction  of  the  opos.sum  shrimp 
(^f!lsis  reliftn  Loven)  into  California  and  Xevada.  Calif.  Fish  and  Game, 
51  1 1)  :  4S-.",1. 

— Jack  A.  Hanson.  Inland  Fisheries  BranclK  California  Department  of 
Fish  and  Game,  November  1965. 


BOOK   REVIEWS 

McClane's   Standard   Fishing   Encyclopedia    and   International   Angling    Guide 

Edited  by  A.  J.  McClane;  Holt,  Rinehart  and  Winston,  Inc.,  Great  Neck,  New  York,  1965; 
1057  p.,  illustrated;  S23.95. 

This  voluiiK'  is  an  out.staiKiinK  example  of  tlio  various  angling  enoycloppdias 
that  have  appeared  on  the  marla't  in  recent  years.  Thonsli  expensive,  it  exemplifies 
quality  from  the  colorful  binding  throughout  all  its  six  pounds. 

As  the  versatile  fishing  editor  for  Field  and  Stream.  A.  J.  MeClane  is  eminently 
qualified  to  undertake  this  compilation.  lie  has  u.sed  his  experience  and  training 
wisely,  both  as  a  nuijor  contributor  and  to  select  141  angling  experts  and  fishery 
scientists  as  collaborators.  The  list  of  .scientific  contributors  does  not  include  anyone 
from  the  Pacific  coast  but  this  area  has  not  been  slighted  and  the  species  have  been 
reported  upon  accurately  by  qualified  authorities.  The  contributor's  initials  follow 
each  entry,  which   allows  an  oiijiurt unity   to  evaluate  the  source  of  any   statement. 

All  entries  aiqx'ar  alph:il)etically.  as  in  a  iiopular  world  encycloi>edia.  Thus,  the 
user  turns  directly  to  his  sidiject,  eliminating  the  added  step  of  consulting  an  index. 
One  might  experience  difficulty  locating  a  particular  subject  if  the  crossreferencing 
was  not  so  thorough.  For  example,  our  grunion's  description  is  listed  under  '"C" 
for  California  grunion  and  not  under  "G." 

Angling  information  and  life  histories  for  over  1,CMI0  species  of  fishes  are  included 
and  most  of  these  are  illustrated.  General  information  about  where  to  fish,  with 
what  type  of  gear  and  what  one  might  expect  to  catch  is  given  for  each  of  the  50 
states  and  other  important  angling  areas  throughout  the  world.  Fi.shing  techniques 
such  as  casting  are  described  thoroughly  both  verbally  and  through  the  generous  use 
of  illustrations.  There  are  e(iually  detailed  sections  on  such  subjects  as:  gear  con- 
struction, boat  .selection,  preserving  the  catch,  as  well  as  fresh  and  salt  water 
biology.  Most  impressive  of  all  is  the  extensive,  up-to-date  bibliography  arranged  by 
subject  and  by  area.  A  few  words  borrowed  from  the  flyleaf  best  describe  the 
overall  content.  '"There  are  1,072  pages,  more  than  1,200  main  entries,  and  over 
5,000  secondary  entries — nearly  a  million  words — over  100  handsome  illustra- 
tions—." 

Individual  users  will  no  doubt  discover  pet  omissions,  for  it  would  be  virtually 
impossible  to  include  all  the  vernacular  from  so  vast  a  field.  However,  if  one  masters 
all  the  contents  any  omissions  will  .seem  minor. 

This  book  represents  a  fine  piece  of  workmanship  deserving  a  prominent  jdace  in 
every  serious  anglers'  library.  It  should  prove  valuable  as  a  ready  reference  for  th« 
fishery  biologist  as  well. — WiUiani  L.  Cra'uj. 

The  California  Deserts  (Fourth  Edition) 

By    Edmund    C.    Jaeger;    Stanford    Univ.    Press,    Stanford,    Calif.,    1965;    x     -f     208    p.,    Iltus 
trated;  $4.95. 

With  the  exception  of  two  added  chapters,  a  few  new  photographs,  and  some 
slight  alterations  in  the  text,  this  fourth  edition  is  the  same  delightful  book  that 
luiiny  of  us  have  been  enjoying  for  more  than  30  years.  Scientific  names  and  the 
bibliography  have  been  kept  up-to-date,  and  Dr.  jaeger  has  made  it  a  point  to 
inform  the  reader  of  the  changes  that  man  has  wrought  upon  the  face  of  the  aesert 
(few  for  the  best) . 

Chapters  entitled  '"The  aborigines  of  the  desert"  and  "The  preservation  of  des- 
erts" add  greatly  to  one's  reading  pleasure.  A  sketch  map  with  shaded  areas  showing 
the  "home  territories"  of  the  various  Indian  tribes  would  have  helped  those  who 
are  not  familiar  with  all  the  localities  mentioned,  but  its  absence  does  not  detract 
from  the  chapter  in  any  way. 

I  was  surprised  to  see  that  the  section  on  fishes  failed  to  mention  the  changes 
in  the  Salton  Sea  fauna  that  were  brought  about  by  the  Department  of  Fish  and 
Game  over  a  decade  ago.  Nor  was  the  publication  on  this  subject  (edited  by  Boyd 
W.  Walker)  listed  among  the  references.  Failure  to  include  information  from  this 
publication  has  resulted  in  the  inclusion  of  the  "humpbacked  sucker  .  .  .  and  the 
Colorado  River  trout"  among  the  Salton  Sea's  fish  fauna. 

(  221  ) 


222  TAUKOKXTA    FISH    AND   r.AME 

It  wmild  111'  iiii-c  if  ;i  fiitiii'c  rdition  wiiuM  iiii'liiilr  iiiciil  inn  of  llii'  lii'fds  of  "wild" 
Imri'iis    wliicli    iiuw    inji.-iliil    iii;iii.\    dcsi'i'l    nrcns    iiiidci'    full    prnl  cm-I  imi    of    I  lie    l;i\v.    ;ind 

wliicli  iirt'  idaiiifd   li\    in;ni\    fur  tlic  |icrili>us  di'cli: I    ilic   Im^Iiiiiii  siirc]i   |i()|iul;tl  ions 

in  lln'sc  nrciis.  KcuMrdlcss  of  llicsc  few  omissions.  I  his  is  si  ill  one  of  the  finest 
;ind  niosl  |ih';isni-:lh!('  vohlincs  on  Ihi'  ( ',i  lifoi  ni;i  deserts  lll;il  is  ;i\aihll)le.  Anyone 
w  iio  hasn't  read  tlie  hool<  or  (hiesn't  own  a  (I'liy  siioiild  make  a  resolution  to  rectify 
tile  oversiuJil    imnu'dia  lely.      ■Iiijiii    I'.    F'llili. 

Fish  as  Food,  Vol.  3:  Processing,  Part  I 

Edited  by  Georg  Borgstrom;  Academic  Press  Inc.,  New  York,  1965;  xiv  +  489  p., 
illustrated:   $17.50. 

This  is  not  a  book  foi'  the  idle  reader,  iuit  il  slionid  lie  of  ,i;i'eal  \aliie  as  a  ri'fer- 
eiiee   for  fish   jH'ocessoi-s  and   t  eelniolo;;isI  s. 

Anihors  from  ma.ior  lishini;  nations  eoni  rilmled  eh:i|ilers  descriiiini;'  methods  of 
IH'oeessinj;  eij;]it  ina.jor  types  of  tisii  iii'odn<-ls:  dried,  smoked,  salted,  marinated  and 
Asian  fermented  seafood,  fish  sausage,  tisli  solidiles,  and  fish  meal,  (ieiu'  'Iv,  the 
descriiitions    mention    fhe    methods    used    with    particular    species,    liisl-  ■'•  ' 

eontein]ioraril.v.  Theoi-etical  as])ects  are  dealt    with  e.\tensi\e]y   in  most    : 
.Most    inip<irlant    is   the   stress  f^'i^'*'ll    to   qualit.\    control. 

(  )ne  chaiiter  summarizes  the  history  and  trends  of  tlie  commercial 
ma.jor  tish-iiroducinj;-  countries  of  the  world.   'I'lie  ina.joi-  s|iecies,   types 
and    the    size    of    the    fishery     (numbers    of    boats,    fishermen,    jn-ocessor 
rejiorted   for  each   country.   Thi.s   pajier   also    lists    the    relati\-e   amount.^ 
dnced  for  domestic  use  and  export. 

]My  one  complaint  concerns  the  list  of  the  world's  common  food  fish 
Strom  states  that   "This  list  comprises  the  most  important  economi 
species  of  the  world's  ocean  and  ma.ior  fresh-water  fishes."  The  list 
fish,    Alepisaiinis   ferox,    and    lanternfish.    Diaphiis    voenileiis,    but    omits    all    ot    the 
important    rockfishes     { i<eh(isfoden    sjip. )    of    the    eastei'n    Pacific.    In    fact,    the    only 
eastern   Pacific   rockfishes   listed   are    the   blue   rocktish.   SchiiNtodcs   mi/stiiiiis    (incor- 
rectly listed  as   ^Schutosanniti   iiii/xfiniis) .   and   the   rosy   rockfish.   tSehnstodes  rosaceus 
(listed  by  the  incorrect  generic  name  Schnstohnis ) .  Neither  of  these  is  of  significant 
commercial   imixirtance. 

I  am  impressed  with  the  amount  of  information  in  tiiis  book;  it  wouM  be  a  valu- 
able addition  to  the  library  of  biologists  interested  in  fish  iirocessing-. — Daniel  W. 
(lottfhall. 

Fisheries  Year  Book  and  Directory  7  965—66 

Edited  by  Harry  F.  Tysser;  British-Continental  Trade  Press  Ltd.,  London,  1965;  471  p., 
illustrated:  £2. 

This  book  provides  an  int(>rnational  reference  and  directory  of  fishing  and  fish 
]irocessing  industries  for  T.H!.">-<i(!.  Data  are  incorporated  from  the  World  Fisheries 
\((ir-Ho()k.   North    Atlaiiiic   Fi-sJieries    Yenr-Jlook.   and   Ilerriiuj   F.rporfer's    Manual. 

The  opening  section  on  world  catch  anal.xsis  presents  fisher.y  statistics  for  31 
countries.  A  1964  record  catch  of  riO  million  metric  tons  was  produced,  with  Ger- 
many   and    .laiian    the    only    countries    reiioi'ting    lower    catches    than    their    ])revious 

t.m;:;  high. 

Additional  i-eferenc(>  chapters  summarize  developments  in  the  fish  meal  and  oil 
trade,  and  industrial  achievements  in  freezing,  storage,  transport,  and  merchandis- 
ing. A  survey  of  new  fishing  vessels  and  equipment,  and  a  list  of  new  fishing 
vessels  completed  or  on  order  indicates  an  optimistic  attitude  toward  future  fisheries 
expansion,  except  in  the  United  States,  which  listed  only  2  of  the  o.'^J. 

Other  aids  to  industry  are  the  listings  of  organizations  and  trade  associations, 
trade  journals,  and  a  monthly  fish  supply  calendar.  One  section  presents  common 
names  of  fishes  in  eight  languages,  with  corresponding  scientific  names. 

In  the  world  directory  section,  an  index  of  more  than  .",000  firms  includes  ex- 
porters, producers,  trawler  owners,  importers,  wholesalers,  and  eanners.  Dealers  in 
machinery  and  equiiunent  for  processing  and  packing  are  also  listed  by  national 
origin.  Although  approximately  150  advertisers  are  listed,  none  is  from  the  United 
States. 

It  was  alarming  to  see  the  United  States,  which  is  the  fifth  ranked  fishing  nation, 
so    poorly    represente<l    throughout    the    book.    Editor    T.vsser    did    not    indicate    the 
(pialifications  for  representation  in  the  .vearbouk-director.v,  so  the  poor  T'nited  State 
representation  may  be  due  to  a  lack  of  data,  a  lack  of  interest  by  American  firms 
or  failure  of  the  editors  to  contact  American  firms. — J.  Gary  i<mith. 


REVIEWS  223 

The  Fisheries:  Problems  in  Resource  Management 

Edited    by    James    A.    Crutchfield;    Univ.    Washington    Press,    Seattle,     1965;    xvi     +     1316    p.; 
illustrated;  $5. 

The  Common  Wealth  in  Ocean  Fisheries 

By    Francis    T.    Christy,    Jr.    and    Anthony    Scott;    The    Johns    Hopkins    Press,    Baltimore,    Md., 
1966;  xiii  +  281   p.;  $6. 

()ur  tni(lition;il  jipin'onch  to  the  utilizjition  of  tlio  world's  soa  fisliorics  lias  h(>eii 
throufjli  the  eyes  of  tlio  fisheries  scientist,  with  little  rejcanl  for  sueli  coiitrihutioiis 
as  might  be  made  by  the  economist,  the  sociologist,  or  the  lawyer.  Optiniiun  (or 
maximum)  sustainable  yield  in  terms  of  tons  of  fish  delivered  was,  and  remains, 
the  )4oal  iif  most  administrations  concerned  with  management  of  the  living  marine 
resources.  This  concei)t.  ind('c(l,  is  tlie  foundation  of  the  recently  imph'mented 
(Jeneva  Convention  on  Fishing  and  Conser\atiou  uf  the  Living  Resources  of  the 
High  Seas. 

(tver  the  years  however,   those  most  deeply   concerned   with   ocean   fisheries  have 
'o    recognize    tile    need    for    an    intei-discii>linary    aiiproach    t<i    management,    if 
)n  is  to   lie   truly   rational. 

aliforuia    I  )('partnient    of  Fish   and   (lame,    for   example,   has   rccenl  l.\ ,    In    its 
•i    Fish    and     Wildlife    I'lan",    recommended    a     sociological     |)rinciiile    (»f 
■nt — in  essence  the  view  that  when  the  stock  of  a  gi\en  sjiecies  or  species- 
.^    insufiicient    to    fill    botii    recreational    and    commercial    demands,    jiriority 
,e    gi\t'n    to    satisfying    the    reasonable    demands    of    the    spoi't    fishery.    Very 
'commendations    lunc    l)een    made    by    a    I'liixfrsity    of    ('aliforni.n    iilanning 
"California    and    I  he    I'se   of   the   <)ci'an".    and    li.\'    ;it    le;ist    one    major   ('ali- 
'ug   tii-ni. 
books    toward    which    I  his    re\iew    is    directed    exemplify    this    broadened 
<_v)iicepi,  oi   resource  nianagement.  anil  are  in  fact  edited   in   the  one   instance  and  co- 
authored   in  the  other  by   two  of  the  leading  e.\i)oneiits  of  an   ecouomic  approach   to 
fisheries  management.  James  Crutchfield  and  Francis  Christy. 

The  first  of  these  books  in  time  is  Crutchfield's.  It  presents  a  series  of  lectures 
given  at  the  University  of  Washington  under  tiie  auspices  of  the  (Jradu.-ite  School 
of  I'ui)lic  Affairs  as  one  of  a  series  of  interdisciplinary  public  jiolicy  seminars.  Two 
of  the  seven  lectures  concern  conser\'ation,  three  economics,  and  two  law.  The  fish- 
eries biologist  will  find  Crutchfield's  examination  of  economic  objectives,  and  Robert 
Fletcher's  consideration  of  law  and  limited  entry,  particularly  interesting,  for 
economic-i)ased  nianagement  with  limited  entry  as  a  tool  are  now  matters  of  con- 
siderable debate.  Crutchfield  believes  that  limiting  entry  is  a  "vital  first  step"  if 
the  fisheries  are  to  be  managed  with  tiie  intent  of  producing  maximum  economic 
profit  as  well  as  niaxiimim  physical  yield. 

Fletcher,  jirofessor  of  law  at  the  I'niversity  of  ^^'ashington.  iielieves  that  in  fed- 
eral court,  at  least,  limited  entry  would  lie  deemed  constitutional,  lie  is  less  cer- 
tain of  how  state  courts  would  rule,  i>ut  he  feeds  it  luoiialile  that  they  too  woubl 
rule  favorably. 

Ill  other  chapters,  Royce  and  Bevan  of  the  Fisheries  Research  Institute  review 
conser\atioii  practices  and  regulations  (  r.e\an's  description  of  logging  regulations 
based  on  the  assumption  that  the  timber  industry  operated  under  the  same  ground 
rules  as  fisheries  brings  home  the  point ) .  Marion  Marts,  professor  of  geography, 
considers  the  place  of  fisheries  in  the  total  economy  of  the  Northwest,  Richard  Van 
Cleve  discusses  the  principle  of  abstention,  and  Ralph  Johnson,  professor  of  law, 
high   seas  fisheries  and   international  law. 

Francis  Christy,  senior  author  of  "The  Common  Wealth  in  Ocean  Fisheries",  is 
a  research  associate  for  Resources  of  the  Future  and  presently  a  member  of  Cali- 
fornia's Governor's  Advisory  Commission  on  Ocean  Resources,  He  has  specialized 
in  the  economics  of  resource  use  since  college  ;  his  doctoral  dissertation  concerned 
the  common  projierty  aspects  of  oystering  in  Maryland.  Anthony  Scott  is  professor 
of  economics  at  the  I'niversity  of  British  Columbia. 

This  is  a  thoughtful  and  detailed  discussion  of  woi-ldwide  fishery  problems.  Its 
initial  concern  is  with  characteristics  of  common  property  resources.  Chapters  on 
demand,  productivity,  the  extent  of  the  resource,  the  fishing  process,  supply,  and 
future  demand  follow.  They  may  prove  a  bit  tedious  to  the  more  casual  reader,  but 
they  are  well  worth  the  attention  of  the  serious  student. 

Christy  and  Scott  get  to  the  nub  of  the  situation  in  the  final  third  of  the  book 
which  covers  international  law.  fisheries  treaties,  the  objecives  of  fisheries  manage- 


224  CAIJKOliXIA    IISII    AND   (iAME 

ment,  and  finnlly  n  coiisidcralion  nt'  whal  cnii  lie  ddiic  licsl  In  ulilizc  iiiniinc  re- 
souroos  in  the  fiitui'c. 

They  point  out  that  scientists  jicncrally  wnnt  to  innxiniizc  tlie  ciitcii  (viz.,  the 
(}eiie\a  Convention,  wliere  their  viewpoint  prevailed),  vvlicreas  economists  would 
rather  maximize  the  "rent"  or  economic  jrain.  The  optimum  sustaiual)le  yield 
concept  is  not  necessarily  tlic  "iirst"  fur  nil  countries,  for  it  is  conceivable  that 
deliberate  overexploitation  to  j;ain  cai)ital  for  oth(>r  enterprises  might  he  in  some 
nation's  interest.  Their  thesis  is  that  the  "rent"  can  be  maximized,  despite  the  great 
differences  among  nations  in  their  wage-iirice  structures,  through  international 
arrangements. 

Rational  exploitation  can  be  attained  in  several  ways :  by  extension  of  the  rights 
of  the  coastal  states ;  by  management  through  national  quotas ;  by  internationaliz- 
ing marine  resources  under  a  central  authority  (ies) .  But  fundamentally,  both 
administrative  and  economic  efficiency  require  limited  entry.  Slowly-instituted 
"internationalization",  recognizing  national  rights  to  an  equity  in  the  net  proceeds 
from  the  fisheries,  perhaps  comes  closest  to  "the  maximization  of  international  wel- 
fare". This  presumably  would  put  administration  and  harvesting  itself  under  the 
control  of  regional  international  bodies. 

Many  of  these  ideas,  as  well  as  those  in  Crutchfield's  book,  have  already  been 
the  subject  of  extensive  debate;  others  are  sure  to  be.  There  is  a  great  deal  of 
danger  in  trying  to  comment  on  such  theories  (of  which  these  represent  only  a 
sampling)  in  the  limits  of  a  review,  where  paraphrase  and  out-of-context  semi- 
quotes  cannot  begin  to  express  the  philosophies  involved.  My  purpose  is  to  empha- 
size the  importance  f)f  the  subject  and  hopefully  to  draw  those  concerned  into  an 
in-depth  study  of  the  intricate  relationships  of  economics  and  biology,  law  and  so- 
ciology, man  and  fish.  To  that  end,   I   commend  these  volumes. — Philip   M.  Roedel. 

History  of  the  Sierra  Nevada 

By   Francis  P.   Farquhar;  Univ.  California   Press,  Berkeley,  1965;  xiv    -|-    262   p.,   illustrated;   $10. 

Une  does  not  have  to  read  very  far  into  the  first  chapter  before  he  realizes  that 
this  book  was  written  by  a  man  who  knows,  understands,  and  loves  the  Sierra 
Nevada.  This  and  his  ability  to  write  well  have  resulted  in  a  remarkably  lucid  and 
interesting  volume. 

Although  this  "history  deals  with  human  experiences  in  the  Sierra  Nevada  from 
the  time  the  Spaniards  first  saw  it  in  the  latter  jiart  of  the  eighteenth  century  to 
the  present",  it  would  not  have  been  complete  without  some  mention  of  the  topog- 
raphy, flora,  and  fauna.  Unfortunately,  the  brevity  with  which  these  subjects  were 
treated  (two  pages  for  trees  and  flowers;  one  and  one-half  pages  for  mammals; 
one-half  page  each  for  birds  and  trout ;  and  one  tiny  paragraph  for  insects,  am- 
phibians, and  reptiles  combined)  left  me  with  a  feeling  that  I  had  been  slighted 
just  a  bit.  After  all,  many  of  the  "human  experiences"  that  have  occurred  in  the 
Sierra  Nevada  were  prompted  by  a  quest  for  knowledge  of  the  flora  and  fauna.  I 
do  feel  that  the  happy  grasshoppers  one  sees  everywhere  above  timberline  in  the 
summer  sun  and  the  ever-present  mosquitoes,  at  least,  could  have  been  mentioned 
along  with  the  butterflies.  Then  too.  a  few  ainidiibians  are  endemic  to  the  area, 
and  some  snakes  are  rare  and/or  beautiful. 

Actually,  each  of  the  21  chapters  is  a  complete  story  in  itself,  so  that  the  book 
can  be  opened  to  any  one  of  these  and  read  for  pleasure,  for  enlightenment,  or  for 
both.  Notes  and  references  at  the  end  of  each  chapter  offer  additional  background 
information  on  a  particular  subject,  or  document  a  given  statement. 

The  frontispiece,  a  painting,  is  in  color  but  the  remaining  49  illustrations  are  in 
black-and-white.  These  illustrations,  whether  painting,  sketch,  or  iihotograph.  repre- 
sent a  well-balanced  selection  covering  the  History  of  the  Sierra  Nevada. — John  E. 
Fitch. 


printed  iti  California  office  of  state  printing 
66871 — 800      3-66      5,300